Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

(in+past+time)

  • 21 время, предшествующее данному моменту или опыту

    Psychology: past-time

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > время, предшествующее данному моменту или опыту

  • 22 время, предшествующее данному опыту

    Psychoanalysis: past-time

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > время, предшествующее данному опыту

  • 23 pasado

    adj.
    1 last, prior.
    2 past, bygone, down-the-road, gone-by.
    3 stale, gamey.
    4 past, distant, remote.
    m.
    1 past, time before right now.
    2 past, yore, ancient times, yesterday.
    3 past, track record, antecedents.
    4 past, past tense.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: pasar.
    * * *
    1 (tiempo) past
    2 LINGÚÍSTICA past, past tense
    ————————
    1→ link=pasar pasar
    1 past, gone by
    2 (año, semana, etc) last
    3 (después) after
    1 (tiempo) past
    2 LINGÚÍSTICA past, past tense
    \
    estar muy pasado,-a argot to be really out of it
    pasado,-a de moda out of date, out of fashion, old-fashioned
    pasado mañana the day after tomorrow
    * * *
    1. noun m. 2. (f. - pasada)
    adj.
    1) past
    2) out-of-date, old-fashioned
    3) bad, spoiled
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [tiempo]
    - lo pasado, pasado está
    2) (Culin) (=en mal estado) [pan] stale; [fruta] overripe
    3) (Culin) (=muy hecho) [carne] overdone; [arroz, pasta] overcooked
    4) (=no actual) [ropa, zapatos] old-fashioned; [noticia] stale; [idea] [costumbre] antiquated, out-of-date
    5) (=muy usado) worn

    estar pasado de vueltas o de rosca — [grifo, tuerca] to be worn; [persona] to have seen it all before

    6) [belleza] faded
    7) ** (=borracho, drogado)
    2. SM
    1)
    - el pasado, pasado está
    2) [de persona] past
    3) (Ling) past (tense)
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo

    el año/sábado pasado — last year/Saturday

    en tiempos pasados — in days gone by, in bygone days (liter)

    lo pasado, pasado está — (fr hecha) what's done is done, let bygones be bygones

    son las cinco pasadasit's after o past five o'clock

    2)
    a) ( anticuado) old-fashioned, passé
    b) ( raído) worn-out
    3) < fruta> overripe; <arroz/pastas> overcooked

    el filete muy pasado, por favor — I'd like my steak well done

    4) (arg) < persona> stoned (colloq)
    II
    a) ( época pasada) past
    b) (Ling) past (tense)
    * * *
    = past, spent.
    Ex. Scanning must start to the left of the bar codes and must continue past the right end.
    Ex. If you repeatedly deadhead - trim off the spent flowers - the plant goes into overdrive.
    ----
    * anclado en el pasado = stuck in the past.
    * año pasado, el = last year.
    * aprender del pasado = learn from + the past.
    * decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.
    * del pasado = has-been, of the past, bygone, of yesteryear, gone by.
    * de pasada = in passing.
    * deshacer el pasado = undo + the past.
    * durante el año pasado = over the past year.
    * el mes pasado = last month.
    * en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.
    * en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.
    * en un pasado muy lejano = in the dim and distant past.
    * en un pasado no muy distante = in the not too distant past.
    * en un pasado no muy lejano = in the not too distant past.
    * en un pasado oscuro y lejano = in the dim and distant past.
    * época pasada = bygone era.
    * evocación del pasado = stroll down memory lane.
    * hecho como de pasada = throwaway.
    * hurgar en el pasado de Alguien = delve into + Posesivo + past.
    * imagen del pasado = flashback [flash back].
    * indagar el pasado de Alguien = delve into + Posesivo + past.
    * la semana pasada = last week.
    * lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.
    * mejorar el pasado = improve on + the past.
    * no añorar el pasado = never + look back.
    * olvidar el pasado = let bygones be bygones, forget + the past.
    * pasado accidentado = chequered history, chequered past.
    * pasado actual, el = living past, the.
    * pasado delictivo = criminal past.
    * pasado de moda = passé, out of vogue, out of fashion, out of style.
    * pasado, el = past, the, yesteryear.
    * pasado el mejor momento de Alguien = past + Posesivo + prime.
    * pasado ficticio = imaginary past.
    * pasado imaginario = imaginary past.
    * pasado irregular = chequered history, chequered past.
    * pasado lejano, el = distant past, the.
    * pasado mañana = the day after tomorrow.
    * pasado reciente, el = recent past, the.
    * pasado turbulento = chequered history, chequered past.
    * pasado un punto = beyond a certain point, beyond a point.
    * pensar en el pasado = look back.
    * pertenecer al pasado = be a thing of the past, become + a thing of the past.
    * recordar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.
    * recuerdo del pasado = flashback [flash back].
    * reliquia del pasado = relic of the past.
    * rememoración del pasado = stroll down memory lane.
    * rememorar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.
    * reminiscencia del pasado = stroll down memory lane.
    * ruptura con el pasado = break with the past, break from the past.
    * tiro pasado = passing shot.
    * un pasado oscuro = a dark past.
    * vida pasada = previous life.
    * volver al pasado = turn + the clock back.
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo

    el año/sábado pasado — last year/Saturday

    en tiempos pasados — in days gone by, in bygone days (liter)

    lo pasado, pasado está — (fr hecha) what's done is done, let bygones be bygones

    son las cinco pasadasit's after o past five o'clock

    2)
    a) ( anticuado) old-fashioned, passé
    b) ( raído) worn-out
    3) < fruta> overripe; <arroz/pastas> overcooked

    el filete muy pasado, por favor — I'd like my steak well done

    4) (arg) < persona> stoned (colloq)
    II
    a) ( época pasada) past
    b) (Ling) past (tense)
    * * *
    el pasado
    (n.) = past, the, yesteryear

    Ex: While the reading habits of the elite form the leading edge of intellectual thought, the vast majority of humanity have had, in the past as well as the present, different habits and aims.

    Ex: Ferreting out amazing treasures from yesteryear, antique dealers buy, sell or trade in a wide range of collectables.

    = past, spent.

    Ex: Scanning must start to the left of the bar codes and must continue past the right end.

    Ex: If you repeatedly deadhead - trim off the spent flowers - the plant goes into overdrive.
    * anclado en el pasado = stuck in the past.
    * año pasado, el = last year.
    * aprender del pasado = learn from + the past.
    * decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.
    * del pasado = has-been, of the past, bygone, of yesteryear, gone by.
    * de pasada = in passing.
    * deshacer el pasado = undo + the past.
    * durante el año pasado = over the past year.
    * el mes pasado = last month.
    * en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.
    * en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.
    * en un pasado muy lejano = in the dim and distant past.
    * en un pasado no muy distante = in the not too distant past.
    * en un pasado no muy lejano = in the not too distant past.
    * en un pasado oscuro y lejano = in the dim and distant past.
    * época pasada = bygone era.
    * evocación del pasado = stroll down memory lane.
    * hecho como de pasada = throwaway.
    * hurgar en el pasado de Alguien = delve into + Posesivo + past.
    * imagen del pasado = flashback [flash back].
    * indagar el pasado de Alguien = delve into + Posesivo + past.
    * la semana pasada = last week.
    * lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.
    * mejorar el pasado = improve on + the past.
    * no añorar el pasado = never + look back.
    * olvidar el pasado = let bygones be bygones, forget + the past.
    * pasado accidentado = chequered history, chequered past.
    * pasado actual, el = living past, the.
    * pasado delictivo = criminal past.
    * pasado de moda = passé, out of vogue, out of fashion, out of style.
    * pasado, el = past, the, yesteryear.
    * pasado el mejor momento de Alguien = past + Posesivo + prime.
    * pasado ficticio = imaginary past.
    * pasado imaginario = imaginary past.
    * pasado irregular = chequered history, chequered past.
    * pasado lejano, el = distant past, the.
    * pasado mañana = the day after tomorrow.
    * pasado reciente, el = recent past, the.
    * pasado turbulento = chequered history, chequered past.
    * pasado un punto = beyond a certain point, beyond a point.
    * pensar en el pasado = look back.
    * pertenecer al pasado = be a thing of the past, become + a thing of the past.
    * recordar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.
    * recuerdo del pasado = flashback [flash back].
    * reliquia del pasado = relic of the past.
    * rememoración del pasado = stroll down memory lane.
    * rememorar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.
    * reminiscencia del pasado = stroll down memory lane.
    * ruptura con el pasado = break with the past, break from the past.
    * tiro pasado = passing shot.
    * un pasado oscuro = a dark past.
    * vida pasada = previous life.
    * volver al pasado = turn + the clock back.

    * * *
    pasado1 -da
    A
    (en expresiones de tiempo): el año/mes/sábado pasado last year/month/Saturday
    el recital tuvo lugar el pasado día 14 the recital took place on the 14th
    la visita real que tuvo lugar en días pasados the royal visit which took place a few days ago
    como era la costumbre en tiempos pasados as was the custom in days gone by o ( liter) in bygone days
    lo pasado, pasado está ( fr hecha); what's done is done, let bygones be bygones
    pasados dos o tres días volvió she came back after two or three days
    son las cinco pasadas it's after o past five o'clock, it's gone five ( BrE colloq)
    pasadas las tres de la tarde (sometime) after three o'clock in the afternoon
    ver tb mañana1 adv A. (↑ mañana (1))
    B
    1 (anticuado) passé, old-fashioned
    todo lo que lleva es de lo más pasado all her clothes are so passé o old-fashioned
    2 (gastado, raído) worn-out
    esos zapatos están muy pasados those shoes are worn out, those shoes have seen better days ( colloq hum)
    los codos de la chaqueta están pasados the jacket has gone o worn through at the elbows
    C ( arg); ‹persona› stoned ( colloq), out of one's head ( colloq)
    D
    1 ‹fruta› overripe
    la leche está pasada the milk is off o sour
    2 ‹arroz/pastas› overcooked
    el filete muy pasado, por favor I'd like my steak well done please
    tenemos que olvidar el pasado we must forget the past
    eso pertenece al pasado that's all in the past
    a causa de su pasado político because of her political background
    2 ( Ling) past, past tense
    * * *

     

    Del verbo pasar: ( conjugate pasar)

    pasado es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    pasado    
    pasar
    pasado 1
    ◊ -da adjetivo

    1 ( en expresiones de tiempo):
    el año/sábado pasado last year/Saturday;

    pasados dos días after two days;
    son las cinco pasadas it's after o past five o'clock;
    pasado mañana the day after tomorrow
    2 ( anticuado) tb

    3 fruta overripe;
    arroz/pastas overcooked;
    leche sour;

    el filete muy pasado, por favor I'd like my steak well done
    pasado 2 sustantivo masculino

    b) (Ling) past (tense)

    pasar ( conjugate pasar) verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past;

    no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone past;

    los otros coches no podían pasado the other cars weren't able to get past;
    no dejan pasado a nadie they're not letting anyone through;
    pasado de largo to go right o straight past;
    pasado por la aduana to go through customs;
    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami;
    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?;
    pasamos por delante de su casa we went past her house;
    pasaba por aquí y … I was just passing by o I was in the area and …

    ¿podríamos pasado por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?;

    pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?;
    puede pasado a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow

    pasado de un lado a otro [persona/barco] to go o cross from one side to the other;


    [ humedad] to go through from one side to the other
    d) ( caber):


    2 ( entraracercándose al hablante) to come in;
    (— alejándose del hablante) to go in;
    pase, por favor please, do come in;

    ¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!;
    haga pasado al Sr Díaz show Mr Díaz in please
    3
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) [corona/título] to pass;


    b) ( comunicar):

    te paso con Javier ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier;


    ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
    4
    a) (Educ) to pass;

    pasado de curso to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams


    no está perfecto, pero puede pasado it's not perfect, but it'll do;

    por esta vez, (que) pase I'll let it pass o go this time
    5



    ver tb hacerse II 3


    ( suceder) to happen;

    lo que pasa es que… the thing o the problem is …;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same;
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq);
    ¿qué te pasa? what's the matter with you?;
    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? what happened to your eye?;
    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? what's wrong with the TV?;
    eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody;
    no le pasó nada nothing happened to him
    1 ( transcurrir) [tiempo/años] to pass, go by;
    pasadoon muchos años many years went by o passed;

    ya han pasado dos horas it's been two hours now;
    un año pasa muy rápido a year goes very quickly;
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    2 ( cesar) [crisis/mal momento] to be over;
    [ efecto] to wear off;
    [ dolor] to go away
    3 ( arreglárselas) pasado sin algo to manage without sth
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) ‹ frontera to cross;

    pueblo/ciudad to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) ‹edificio/calle to go past

    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    2
    a) ( hacer atravesar) pasado algo POR algo to put sth through sth;


    b) (por la aduana —legalmente) to take through;

    (— ilegalmente) to smuggle
    3 ( hacer recorrer):

    pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe;
    hay que pasadole una plancha it needs a quick iron
    4 (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio to show
    5examen/prueba to pass
    6página/hoja to turn;
    pasado por altofalta/error to overlook;


    tema/punto to leave out, omit
    1 (entregar, hacer llegar):

    ¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
    2 ( contagiar) to give, to pass on
    1
    a) tiempo to spend;


    fuimos a Toledo a pasado el día we went to Toledo for the day


    pasa todo el día al teléfono she spends all day on the phone
    c) pasarlo or pasarla bien to have a good time;

    ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?;

    lo pasé mal I didn't enjoy myself
    2 (sufrir, padecer) ‹penalidades/desgracias to go through, to suffer;
    pasé mucho miedo/frío I was very frightened/cold

    pasarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( cambiarse):

    2


    esta vez te has pasado (fam) you've gone too far this time
    b) ( enf) (fam) (ir):


    ¿podrías pasadote por el mercado? could you go down to the market?
    3
    a) [peras/tomates] to go bad, get overripe;

    [carne/pescado] to go off, go bad;
    [ leche] to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse) [arroz/pasta] to get overcooked

    1

    [ dolor] to go away;
    (+ me/te/le etc)
    ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now;

    espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled down


    ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1
    2 (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse):




    pasado,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (último) last
    2 (sin actualidad, trasnochado) old-fashioned: le di un número pasado de la revista, I gave him a back number of the magazine
    3 (estropeado, podrido) bad: creo que esta carne está pasada, I think this meat is off
    4 Culin cooked
    un filete poco pasado, a rare steak 5 pasado mañana, the day after tomorrow
    II sustantivo masculino past: no puede recordar el pasado más reciente, he's got a bad short-term memory
    tiene un oscuro pasado, his past is a mystery
    pasar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to pass
    2 (trasladar) to move
    3 (dar) to pass, give: no me pasó el recado, he didn't give me the message
    4 (hojas de libro) to turn
    5 (el tiempo, la vida) to spend, pass
    6 (soportar, sufrir) to suffer, endure: está pasando una crisis personal, she's going through a personal crisis
    pasamos sed y calor, we suffered thirst and heat
    7 (río, calle, frontera) to cross
    8 (tragar) to swallow
    9 (tolerar, aguantar) to bear
    10 (introducir) to insert, put through
    11 (un examen, una eliminatoria) to pass
    12 Cine to run, show: este sábado pasan Ben Hur, they're putting Ben Hur on this Saturday
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to pass: ¿a qué hora pasa el tren?, what time does the train pass?
    Cervantes pasó por aquí, Cervantes passed this way
    ya pasó, it has already passed
    pasar de largo, to go by (without stopping)
    2 (entrar) to come in
    3 (ser tolerable) to be acceptable: no está mal, puede pasar, it isn't bad, it will do
    4 (exceder) to surpass: no pases de los 70 km/h, don't exceed 70 km/h
    5 (a otro asunto) to go on to
    pasar a ser, to become
    6 (tiempo) to pass, go by
    7 (arreglarse, apañarse) pasar sin, to do without: puedo pasar sin coche, I can manage without a car
    8 fam (no tener interés, prescindir) pasa de lo que digan, don't mind what they say
    paso de ir al cine, I'll give the cinema a miss
    9 (suceder) to happen: ¿qué pasa?, what's going on?
    ¿qué le pasa?, what's the matter with him?
    pase lo que pase, whatever happens o come what may
    ♦ Locuciones: pasar algo a limpio, to make a fair copy of sthg
    pasarlo bien/mal, to have a good/difficult time
    pasar por, to put up with: paso por que me digas que estoy gorda, pero no pienso tolerar que me amargues cada comida, I can handle you calling me fat, but I'm not having you ruin every single meal for me
    pasar por alto, to overlook: pasaré por alto esa observación, I'll just ignore that remark
    ' pasado' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    año
    - añorar
    - antigua
    - antiguo
    - atrincherarse
    - caduca
    - caduco
    - desempolvar
    - devengar
    - enfado
    - exposición
    - exterior
    - fecha
    - guerrear
    - honrosa
    - honroso
    - huevo
    - inspección
    - mañana
    - moda
    - oscura
    - oscuro
    - pasada
    - poder
    - preferir
    - recién
    - recordar
    - renegar
    - revolver
    - romper
    - soler
    - trasnochada
    - trasnochado
    - volver
    - ya
    - accidentado
    - atrasado
    - calamidad
    - comparación
    - el
    - hurgar
    - luego
    - lunes
    - menos
    - mes
    - olvidar
    - participio
    - pasar
    - remover
    - rosca
    English:
    after
    - ago
    - appreciate
    - beyond
    - block out
    - break with
    - bumper
    - bygone
    - clarify
    - climbing
    - come out
    - dated
    - day
    - day off
    - deprivation
    - dissociate
    - disturbance
    - do
    - downturn
    - expatriate
    - forget
    - free
    - glance
    - go
    - go over to
    - go through
    - guess
    - hand down
    - lie
    - move away
    - murky
    - notice
    - now
    - old-fashioned
    - on
    - ordeal
    - out
    - outmoded
    - part
    - past
    - public
    - rake up
    - recapture
    - remember
    - remnant
    - retrace
    - shady
    - sit about
    - sit around
    - soggy
    * * *
    pasado, -a
    adj
    1. [terminado] past;
    pasado un año a year later;
    son las nueve pasadas it's gone nine (o'clock);
    se pusieron en marcha pasada la medianoche it was past o gone midnight when they set off;
    lo pasado, pasado está let bygones be bygones;
    Am
    lo pasado, pisado let bygones be bygones
    2. [último] last;
    el año/mes pasado last year/month;
    ocurrió el pasado martes it happened last Tuesday
    3. [podrido] off, bad
    4. [muy hecho] [pasta] overcooked;
    [filete, carne] overdone
    5. [anticuado] old-fashioned, out-of-date
    6. Fam
    estar pasado [drogado] to be stoned
    7. Comp
    Fam
    ese tío está pasado de rosca o [m5] de revoluciones that guy goes too far o over the top
    nm
    1. [tiempo] past;
    tiene un pasado muy sospechoso he has a very suspect past
    2. Gram past (tense);
    en pasado in the past (tense)
    * * *
    I adj tiempo last;
    el lunes pasado last Monday;
    pasado de moda old-fashioned
    II m past
    * * *
    pasado, -da adj
    1) : past
    el año pasado: last year
    pasado mañana: the day after tomorrow
    pasadas las siete: after seven o'clock
    2) : stale, bad, overripe
    3) : old-fashioned, out-of-date
    4) : overripe, slightly spoiled
    pasado nm
    : past
    * * *
    pasado1 adj
    1. (último) last
    2. (anterior) past
    3. (estropeado) bad / off
    pasado2 n
    2. (tiempo verbal) past / past tense

    Spanish-English dictionary > pasado

  • 24 tum

    tum, adv. demonstr., of time [pronom. demonstr. stems to-, ta-; Gr. to, seen in ita, tam, etc.; cf. quom or cum], then.
    I.
    Absol.
    A.
    Referring to a time previously specified.
    1.
    To a definite past time.
    (α).
    To a period of time in which something was or happened (opp. later periods) = illis temporibus:

    is dictu'st ollis popularibus olim Qui tum vivebant homines,

    Enn. Ann. v. 308 Vahl.:

    quod tum erat res in pecore et locorum possessionibus, i. e. Romuli temporibus,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 9, 16:

    cum illi male dicerent, quod tum fieri licebat, i. e. Periclis temporibus,

    id. de Or. 3, 34, 138:

    erat omnino tum mos ut faciles essent in suum cuique tribuendo,

    id. Brut. 21, 85; cf. id. Tusc. 1, 46, 111:

    vastae tum in his locis solitudines erant,

    Liv. 1, 4, 6; 2, 6, 8; 3, 29, 3; 4, 6, 12; 42, 62, 11;

    44, 9, 4: ut tum erant tempora,

    Nep. Att. 1, 2; 12, 3; Liv. 1, 3, 3; 1, 8, 4; 2, 7, 4; 2, 9, 8; 2, 50, 2; 2, 63, 6;

    39, 6, 7 and 9.—With illis temporibus: nam jam tum illis temporibus fortius... loquebantur quam pugnabant,

    Nep. Thras. 2, 4.—
    (β).
    Referring to a point of time, then, at that time:

    insigneita fere tum milia militum octo Duxit,

    Enn. Ann. v. 336 Vahl.: ut jacui exsurgo;

    ardere censui aedis: ita tum confulgebant,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 15:

    jam duo restabant fata tum,

    id. Bacch. 4, 9, 35; id. Cist. 1, 3, 14: quot eras annos gnatus tum, quom, etc.? Me Septuennis, nam tum dentes mihi cadebant primulum, id. Men. 5, 9, 56; id. Merc. prol. 66; id. Most. 1, 2, 49; id. Am. 2, 1, 56; Ter. And. 1, 1, 82: sic igitur tum se levis ac diffusilis aether... undique flexit. Lucr. 5, 467; 5, 837; 5, 911; 5, 432;

    5, 942: atque huic anno proximus Sulla consule et Pompejo fuit. Tum P. Sulpicii in tribunatu, cottidie contionantis, totum genus dicendi cognovimus,

    Cic. Brut. 89, 306; id. Ac. 2, 22, 69:

    scribit Eudemum Pheras venisse, quae erat urbs in Thessalia tum admodum nobilis,

    id. Div. 1, 25, 53; id. Rep. 2, 37, 63:

    hi tum in Asia rhetorum principes,

    id. Brut. 91, 316; id. Sest. 11, 26; id. Planc. 37, 90; id. Quint. 61, 170; id. Fam. 9, 21, 2:

    hoc tum veritus Caesar Pharum prehendit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 112:

    eodem anno a Campanis Cumae, quam Graeci tum urbem tenebant, capiuntur,

    Liv. 4, 44, 13; 1, 7, 14; 2, 9, 5;

    2, 37, 7: praetores tum duos Latium habebat,

    id. 8, 3, 9:

    Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant, dictatorem dixit,

    id. 8, 12, 13; 5, 8, 4; 22, 46, 6;

    1, 7, 12: tum Athenis perpetui archontes esse desierunt,

    Vell. 1, 8, 3:

    tum Cimbri et Teutoni transcendere Rhenum,

    id. 2, 8, 3; Val. Max. 1, 5, 3; Tac. H. 4, 49; 3, 57:

    non timido, non ignavo cessare tum licuit,

    Curt. 3, 11, 5:

    Archiae, qui tum maximum magistratum Thebis obtinebat,

    Nep. Pelop. 3, 2; id. Phoc. 3, 3.—With in eo tempore: eum quem virile secus tum in eo tempore habebat, Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 5.—Repeated by anaphora:

    quae nox omnium temporum conjurationis acerrima fuit. Tum Catilinae dies exeundi, tum ceteris manendi condicio, tum descriptio... constituta est, tum tuus pater, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 18, 52; cf. Lucr. 5, 1377; 5, 1399.—
    (γ).
    Esp., referring to a former state, implying that it no longer exists:

    quaesivit ex lege illa Cornelia quae tum erat,

    Cic. Clu. 20, 55:

    cum sententias Oppianicus, quae tum erat potestas, palam ferri velle dixisset,

    id. ib. 27, 75:

    Caere, opulento tum oppido,

    Liv. 1, 2, 3; 3, 52, 3:

    praetores aerarii (nam tum a praetoribus tractabatur aerarium), etc.,

    Tac. H. 4, 9.—
    (δ).
    Expressly opposed to present time (hodie, nunc, hoc tempore, etc.; class. and very freq.; but in post-Aug. writers tunc is regularly used): prius non is eras qui eras;

    nunc is factu's qui tum non eras,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 138:

    tu nunc tibi Id laudi ducis quod tum fecisti inopia?

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 25; id. Hec. 3, 3, 48:

    quae tabula, tum imperio tuo revulsa, nunc a me tamen reportata est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 46, § 112:

    tum imperator populi Romani deos patrios reportabat, nunc praetor ejusdem populi eosdem illos deos... auferebat,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 77; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 78; 2, 5, 20, § 51; id. Clu. 31, 86; id. Planc. 9, 22; id. Quint. 22, 71; id. Phil. 14, 8, 21; id. Leg. 2, 22, 57; Caes. B. C. 3, 17; Liv. 5, 3, 5; 6, 15, 11; 10, 9, 6.—
    (ε).
    Opposed to another time specified:

    itaque tum eos exire jussit. Post autem e provincia litteras ad conlegium misit, se, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4, 11:

    itaque ut tum carere rege, sic pulso Tarquinio nomen regis audire non poterat,

    id. Rep. 2, 30, 53; id. Mil. 21, 55:

    sicut legatorum antea, ita tum novorum colonorum caede imbutis armis,

    Liv. 4, 31, 7; 39, 22, 10; 9, 36, 1; 2, 52, 7; 4, 2, 10; 4, 57, 11;

    21, 17, 1: et tum sicca, prius celeberrima fontibus, Ide,

    Ov. M. 2, 218; Verg. A. 11, 33; Nep. Arist. 2, 3; id. Ham. 11, 7.—
    (ζ).
    In the historians in applying general statements or truths to the state of affairs spoken of: communi enim fit vitio naturae ut invisis atque incognitis rebus... vehementius exterreamur;

    ut tum accidit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 4; 3, 68; id. B. G. 7, 3; 2, 6; id. B. C. 1, 80:

    foedera alia aliis legibus, ceterum eodem modo omnia fiunt. Tum ita factum accepimus,

    Liv. 1, 24, 4; 1, 32, 14; 21, 31, 12.—
    (η).
    Denoting coincidence or inner connection with an action before mentioned = a temporal clause (tum = cum hoc fieret), then, on that occasion:

    quis tum non ingemuit?

    Cic. Vatin. 13, 31:

    ne tum quidem hominum venustatem et facetias perspicere potuisti? i. e. cum coronam auream imponebant,

    id. Fl. 31, 76: apud imperitos tum illa dicta sunt;

    nunc agendum est subtilius,

    id. Fin. 4, 27, 74:

    itaque tum Stajenus condemnatus est,

    i. e. in that trial, id. Clu. 36, 101; id. Sen. 7, 22:

    M. Porcius Cato qui, asper ingenio, tum lenem mitemque senatorem egit,

    Liv. 45, 25; Val. Max. 8, 3, 3:

    sed tum supplicia dis... decernuntur,

    Tac. A. 3, 64; 3, 72:

    Graecia tum potuit Priamo quoque flenda videri,

    Ov. M. 14, 474.—

    With the occasion referred to specified in the same clause: Manlius... ex petulanti scurra in discordiis civitatis ad eam columnam tum suffragiis populi pervenerat,

    Cic. Clu. 13, 39:

    emisti tum in naufragio hujus urbis... tum, inquam, emisti ut, etc.,

    id. Prov. Cons. 4, 7.—Repeated by anaphora: et Capitolinis injecit sedibus ignes. Tum statua Nattae, tum simulacra deorum, Romulusque et Remus cum altrice belua vi fulminis icti conciderunt, Cic. Div. 2, 20, 45;

    so repeated seven times,

    id. Rep. 1, 40, 62.—
    (θ).
    Redundant, the time of the action being clear without it (esp. in Cic.):

    atque hoc tum judicio facto... tamen Avitus Oppianicum reum statim non facit,

    Cic. Clu. 20, 56:

    itaque tum ille inopia et necessitate coactus ad Caepasios confugit,

    id. ib. 20, 57; id. Brut. 23, 90; 39, 145; 43, 161; cf. id. Sull. 18, 51, where tum redundant occurs six times successively.—
    2.
    In oblique discourse, referring to the time of the speaker, = nunc in direct discourse:

    quando autem se, si tum non sint, pares hostibus fore?

    if they were not now so, Liv. 3, 62, 1:

    (dixit Sempronius)... nec tum agrum plebi, sed sibi invidiam quaeri,

    id. 4, 44, 9; 4, 57, 4:

    moenia eos tum transcendere non Italiae modo, sed etiam urbis Romanae,

    id. 21, 35, 9; 5, 21, 7 (in this use nunc is also freq.).—
    3.
    Referring to indefinite time.
    (α).
    Then, at such a time of the year, day, etc., at such a season:

    tum denique tauros in gregem redigo (after Lyra rises),

    Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 12; 1, 35 fin.; Col. 11, 2, 87.—
    (β).
    With the force of an indefinite temporal clause, at such a time, in such circumstances, i. e. when such a thing happens as has happened:

    qui (porci) a partu decimo die habentur puri, ab eo appellantur sacres, quod tum ad sacrificium idonei habentur primum,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 16; 2, 7, 13:

    deinde cibum sequitur somnus... quia plurima tum se corpora conturbant (i. e. cum cibum ceperunt),

    Lucr. 4, 957; 3, 599; 4, 892; 4, 919;

    4, 1030: quam regionem cum superavit animus... finem altius se efferendi facit. Tum enim sui similem et levitatem et calorem adeptus... nullam in partem movetur,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 43; 1, 31, 75; 3, 23, 55; 4, 24, 54; Tac. Dial. 7.—
    (γ).
    With the force of a conditional clause, then, in this instance, if so: immo res omnis relictas habeo prae quod tu velis. Ph. Tum tu igitur, qua causa missus es ad portum, id expedi (i. e. si ita est), Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 39; id. Most. 5, 1, 55; id. As. 1, 1, 93; 2, 2, 64; 3, 3, 36; id. Aul. 3, 6, 31; id. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 2, 78: non potitus essem;

    fuisset tum illos mi aegre aliquot dies,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 7; id. Eun. 2, 2, 50; 5, 1, 23; id. Hec. 3, 5, 12:

    ego C. Caesaris laudibus desim, quas, etc.? Tum hercule me confitear non judicium aliquod habuisse,

    Cic. Planc. 39, 93: scribant aliquid Isocrateo more...;

    tum illos existimabo non desperatione formidavisse genus hoc,

    id. Or. 70, 235; id. Font. 21, 49 (17, 39); id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85; id. Fam. 9, 8, 2; Ov. H. 18 (19), 81: vellem tam ferax saeculum haberemus...;

    tum ego te primus hortarer, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 15, 8.—
    4.
    Referring to future time.
    (α).
    To a definite time before mentioned:

    ut sit satius perdere Quam aut nunc manere tam diu, aut tum persequi,

    i. e. after my future return, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 27:

    jam nunc mente prospicio quae tum studia hominum, qui concursus futuri sint,

    Cic. Div. in Caecin. 13, 42; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37; 1, 10, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 17; id. Marcell. 9, 30:

    tum meae... Vocis accedet bona pars,

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 45.—
    (β).
    With the force of a conditional clause (cf. 3. b, supra), then, in this instance, if so: specta, tum scies. Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 100; cf.:

    quom videbis, tum scies,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 37: tuom incendes genus;

    Tum igitur aquae erit tibi cupido, etc.,

    id. Trin. 3, 2, 50; id. Curc. 2, 3, 17:

    confer sudantes, ructantes, refertos epulis... tum intelleges, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 34, 100; id. Planc. 18, 45; id. Phil. 2, 45, 115:

    agedum, dictatorem creemus... Pulset tum mihi lictorem qui sciet, etc.,

    Liv. 2, 29, 12; Cic. Phil. 10, 3, 6; id. Or. 23, 78; 71, 235; Liv. 4, 22, 11; 5, 16, 10; 9, 11, 4.—
    B.
    Referring to a time subsequent to a time mentioned, then, thereupon.
    1.
    Simple sequence in time.
    (α).
    Time proper (only of an immediate sequence;

    otherwise deinde, postea, etc., are used): tum cum corde suo divum pater atque hominum rex Effatur, etc.,

    Enn. Ann. 179:

    dico ei quo pactod eam viderim erilem nostram filiam sustollere. Extimuit tum illa,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 9; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 29; id. As. 4, 1, 58: tum ille egens forte adplicat Primum ad Chrysidis patrem se. Ter. And. 5, 4, 21; id. Eun. 3, 1, 17; Cato, R. R. 48 (49); 135 (136); so id. ib. 112 (113): equos quinto anno... amittere binos (dentes);

    tum renascentes eis sexto anno impleri,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 2 sq.: collo [p. 1909] cari jussit hominem in aureo lecto, abacosque complures ornavit... Tum ad mensam eximia forma pueros jussit consistere, eosque, etc., Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 61:

    dixerat hoc ille, cum puer nuntiavit venire ad eum Laelium... Tum Scipio e cubiculo est egressus, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18; id. Div. 2, 66, 135; id. Clu. 14, 40; id. Cat. 3, 5, 10; id. Ac. 2, 5, 13; id. Div. 1, 35, 77:

    hostes suos ab oppugnatione reduxerunt. Tum suo more conclamaverunt ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 26; cf. id. ib. 7, 64; 5, 43 fin.;

    5, 48: adsurgentem ibi regem cuspide ad terram adfixit. Tum spolia caputque abscisum spiculo gerens... hostes fudit,

    Liv. 4, 19, 5; 5, 21, 1; 1, 26, 9; 1, 18, 10; 1, 20, 1; 1, 22, 6; 1, 28, 4; 1, 28, 9; 2, 24, 4;

    3, 8, 11, etc.: tum Caesar cum exercitu Thessaliam petit,

    Vell. 2, 52, 1; Val. Max. 5, 1, 3; Curt. 4, 3, 7; Tac. A. 3, 28; 11, 35; id. H. 4, 84; Ov. M. 2, 122; 4, 80; 7, 121; 10, 481; 14, 386; Flor. 1, 13, 12; Gell. 1, 19, 5; 1, 23, 5.—
    (β).
    In partic., foll. by an abl. absol.:

    tum, prope jam perculsis aliis tribunis, A. Verginius Caesoni capitis diem dicit,

    Liv. 3, 11, 9; 8, 32, 1; 10, 29, 12:

    tum omni spe perdita, Meherdates dolo ejus vincitur, traditurque victori,

    Tac. A. 12, 15; 12, 16:

    tum, ferro extracto, confestim exanimatus est,

    Nep. Epam. 9, 4.—
    (γ).
    Implying a connection between two events, hence, under these circumstances, accordingly, thereupon:

    at pater omnipotens ira tum percitus acri... Phaethonta... Deturbavit in terram,

    Lucr. 5, 399:

    madefactum iri Graeciam sanguine... tum neque te ipsum non esse commotum, Marcumque Varronem et M. Catonem... vehementer esse perterritos,

    Cic. Div. 1, 32, 68; cf. id. ib. 1, 34, 76; Caes. B. G. 4, 25; cf. id. ib. 5, 49; 5, 51;

    7, 59: quippe quibus nec domi spes prolis, nec cum finitimis conubia essent. Tum ex consilio patrum Romulus legatos circa vicinas gentes misit,

    Liv. 1, 9, 2; 3, 26, 1; 3, 31, 7; 4, 45, 7.—
    2.
    Enumeration of a series of events; the co-ordinate clauses introduced by tum... tum, or primum (primo)... deinde... tum, etc.
    (α).
    Succession of time proper:

    ducem Hannibali unum e concilio datum (a Jove), tum ei ducem illum praecepisse ne respiceret, illum autem respexisse, tum visam beluam vastam, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 24, 49; 1, 27, 57; 2, 28, 58 sq.:

    primo... deinde... tum... tum,

    id. Fin. 1, 16, 50; 5, 23, 65; id. Tusc. 5, 2, 5:

    primum... deinde... tum... postremo,

    id. N. D. 2, 1, 3; 3, 3, 6: primum colonos inde Romanos expulit: inde in Latinam viam transgressus, etc., inde Lavinium recepit; tum deinceps Corbionem, Vitelliam;

    postremum, etc.,

    Liv. 2, 39, 4:

    primi consules sub jugum missi, tum ut quisque gradu proximus erat, tum deinceps singulae legiones,

    id. 9, 6, 1:

    primo... deinde... tum... tum,

    id. 21, 22, 8; id. praef. 9; 3, 28, 8: 5, 39, 7;

    23, 23, 6: deinde... deinde... Tum... post quas, etc.,

    Curt. 3, 3, 24: primum... deinde... deinde... tum... postea, Masur. Gabin. ap. Gell. 5, 13, 5; Gai. Inst. 4, 60.—
    (β).
    So in partic.: tum (also hic, et;

    not deinde or postea), to denote the succession of speakers in dialogue: immo duas dabo, inquit adulescens... Tum senex ille: Si vis, inquit, quattuor sane dato,

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 1, 46 dub.:

    tum Piso... inquit, etc. Tum Quintus... inquit, etc. Hic ego... inquam, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Piso... inquit, etc. Et ille ridens... inquit, etc. Tum Piso exorsus est, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2 sqq.:

    tum Atticus... inquit, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Brutus, etc. Tum ille, etc. Tum Atticus, etc. Tum Pomponius... inquit, etc.,

    id. Brut. 3, 11 sqq., and through the whole treatise; cf. id. Ac. 1, 2, 4; 1, 3, 9; 1, 4, 13; 1, 12, 43 and 44; 2, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 15 sqq.; id. Rep. 1, 13, 19 sqq.; Liv. 7, 10, 2 sqq.; 23, 12, 8; Tac. Dial. 3; 15; 25; 42; Gell. 3, 1, 11 sqq.; 18, 1, 9 sqq.; Ov. M. 14, 594.—
    (γ).
    Transf., of sequence or succession of thought, passing into mere co-ordination (v. C. 2. b, g), then... again... furthermore:

    qui mi in cursu obstiterit, faxo vitae is obstiterit suae. Prius edico ne quis, etc. Tum pistores scrofipasci qui, etc. Tum piscatores.... Tum lanii autem qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 28; 4, 2, 34; 4, 2, 39: (res familiaris) primum bene parta sit, tum quam plurimis se utilem praebeat, deinde augeatur ratione, diligentia, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 26, 92; id. Ac. 2, 47, 146; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 68 sq.; 5, 40, 117; id. Ac. 2, 10, 30; id. de Or. 1, 42, 190; id. Cat. 4, 3, 5; id. Agr. 1, 2, 5; id. Clu. 2, 6; Liv. 3, 26, 11.—
    C.
    Hence, as co-ordinating conjunction, introducing an additional assertion, or thought.
    1.
    Alone, = praeterea, and then, besides, also, moreover, on the other hand (freq. in ante-class. style and in Cic.;

    rare in Livy and post-Aug. prose): argenti aurique advexit multum, lanam purpuramque multam... tum Babylonica peristromata, etc.,

    Plaut. Stich. 2, 3, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 10; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 71; 4, 8, 17; id. Ps. 3, 2, 78; id. Aul. 1, 2, 6; 1, 3, 16; id. Men. 5, 5, 41; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 1, 3, 15; 4, 2, 3; Ter. And. 1, 5, 27; 1, 2, 21; 2, 3, 7; id. Eun. prol. 4; 5, 6, 15; id. Heaut. 2, 1, 16; Lucr. 4, 680; cf. id. 1, 494; 4, 1152:

    magnum ingenium L. Luculli, magnumque optimarum artium studium, tum omnis ab eo percepta doctrina... caruit omnino rebus urbanis,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 1; 2, 14, 43; id. Div. 1, 24, 50; 1, 42, 94; id. de Or. 1, 46, 201; id. Off. 1, 6, 19; id. Fin. 1, 6, 21; 2, 16, 53; id. Leg. 1, 5, 17; 1, 9, 26; id. Rab. Post. 14, 40; id. Phil. 13, 12, 26:

    altera ex parte Bellovaci instabant, alteram Camulogenus tenebat: tum legiones a praesidio interclusas maximum flumen distinebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 59; id. B. C. 3, 49: naves convenerunt duae Punicae quinqueremes;

    duae ab Heraclea triremes... tum quinque Rhodiae quadriremes,

    Liv. 42, 56, 6; 1, 40, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 4; Just. 5, 10, 3.—Sometimes connecting two terms of the same clause, with the force of cum... tum (v. infra, 3. d.):

    quot me censes homines jam deverberasse, hospites tum civis?

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 14:

    faciendum est igitur nobis ut... veteranorum, tum legionis Martiae quartaeque consensus... confirmetur,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 3, 7; Liv. 28, 43, 1 (in co-ordination often with etiam, autem, and sometimes with praeterea and porro; v. III. infra).—
    2.
    Tum as correlative of a preceding tum.
    (α).
    With an added assertion or thought: ita est haec hominum natio: voluptarii atque potatores, Tum sycophantae... plurimi In urbe habitant;

    tum meretrices mulieres Nusquam perhibentur blandiores gentium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 28; id. Mil. 3, 1, 100; 3, 1, 102.—
    (β).
    Tum... tum = nunc... nunc (modo... modo), sometimes... sometimes, now... now, at one time... at another (freq. in Cic., not in Caes., rare in Liv., and very rare in postAug. writers):

    tum huc, tum illuc inretitos impedit piscis,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 17:

    tum hoc mihi probabilius, tum illud videtur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 134:

    mihi... tum hoc tum illud probabilius videtur,

    id. Off. 3, 7, 33; so id. Am. 4, 13; id. Sen. 13, 45; id. Top. 7, 31; id. N. D. 2, 19, 49:

    (alvus) tum restringitur, tum relaxatur,

    id. ib. 2, 54, 136; id. Rep. 3, 13 (14), 23; id. Leg. 2, 7, 16; id. Or. 63, 212; id. Sen. 3, 7; id. Inv. 1, 37, 66:

    dictator tum appellare tum adhortari milites,

    Liv. 8, 39, 4; Suet. Ner. 1; Gell. 1, 11, 15.—Tum may be repeated several times:

    plerique propter voluptatem tum in morbos graves, tum in damna, tum in dedecora incurrunt,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 14, 47; 3, 7, 26;

    so three times,

    id. N. D. 1, 12, 29; 1, 14, 37; 1, 15, 39; id. Inv. 1, 52, 98; id. Or. 3, 45, 177; id. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 2, 17, 43; id. Top. 25, 96;

    four times,

    id. N. D. 1, 43, 120; 2, 20, 52; 2, 39, 101; id. Verr. 2, 4, 34, § 75;

    five times,

    id. N. D. 2, 5, 14; id. Inv. 1, 13, 17; 1, 41, 76; id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 94;

    six times,

    id. ib. 1, 53, 120;

    seven times,

    Quint. 9, 4, 133;

    nine times,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 50, 51.—And in chronological order (to be distinguished from the instances B. 2. a and g):

    Atheniensium (rem publicam constituerunt) tum Theseus, tum Draco, tum Solo, tum Clisthenes, tum multi alii,

    at different times, successively, Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 2.—
    (γ).
    Preceded or followed by other co-ordinate words (alias, modo, aliquando, aut... aut, nunc... nunc):

    ex quo intellegitur qualis ille sit quem tum moderatum, alias modestum, tum temperantem, alias constantem continentemque dicimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 16, 36:

    tum... tum... aliquando,

    id. Div. 2, 2, 6:

    tum... tum... aut... aut,

    id. Or. 61, 204:

    modo... tum autem,

    id. N. D. 2, 40, 142:

    nunc... nunc... tum... tum,

    Flor. 1, 17, 5.—
    (δ).
    Tum... tum = et... et, both... and, not only... but also, partly... partly, without regard to time, the second term being frequently strengthened by etiam (mostly post-Aug.):

    Milo Compsam oppugnans, ictusque lapide tum Clodio, tum patriae, quam armis petebat, poenas dedit,

    Vell. 2, 68, 3:

    Muciam et Fulviam, tum a patre, tum a viro utramque inclitam,

    Val. Max. 9, 1, 8:

    Caesar Pompejo tum proprias, tum etiam filiae lacrimas reddidit,

    id. 5, 1, 10; Quint. 7, 3, 18; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 28; id. Clem. 1, 19, 2; Front. Aquaed. 1; Tac. A. 12, 33; Suet. Tit. 3; Nep. praef. 8;

    and with etiam,

    Val. Max. 2, 2, 8; 5, 9, 1; 7, 6 prooem.; Nep. Them. 2, 3.—
    3.
    As correlative with a preceding cum, introducing particular after a universal or a stronger or more important assertion after a weaker or less important.
    a.
    Connecting complete sentences with different predicates, cum... tum = as... so, while... (tum being not translated; ante-class. cum always with indic.; class. with subj. or indic.):

    quom antehac te amavi, et mihi amicam esse crevi... tum id mihi hodie aperuisti,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 2; id. Truc. 4, 1, 6:

    quom id mihi placebat, tum uno ore omnes omnia Bona dicere,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 10:

    quae cum res tota ficta sit pueriliter, tum ne efficit quidem quod vult,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 19; id. Tusc. 5, 39, 13; id. Fam. 13, 16, 1; and so with subj., id. N. D. 1, 1, 1; id. Off. 3, 2, 5; id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Brut. 39, 145; 11, 250:

    cum omnium rerum simulatio est vitiosa, tum amicitiae repugnat maxime,

    id. Lael. 25, 91; id. Div. 2, 27, 58; and so with indic., id. Planc. 33, 80; id. Tull. 4, 8; id. Div. in Caecil. 20, 65; id. Sest. 1, 2; id. Fam. 16, 4, 4:

    haec cum merito ejus fieri intellegebat, tum magni interesse arbitrabatur, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 4; 3, 16; id. B. C. 1, 58; Liv. 3, 34, 1; 4, 53, 4.—
    b.
    Clauses with the same predicate, which is placed after the first clause (always with indic.):

    nam mihi, cum multa eximie divineque videntur Athenae tuae peperisse, tum nihil melius illis mysteriis quibus, etc.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 36; id. Tusc. 4, 18, 42; id. Phil. 2, 5, 12; Liv. 4, 46, 10; 6, 38, 10.—
    c.
    Clauses with a common predicate placed before both co-ordinate terms, cum... tum = not only, but also; as... so especially:

    visa est Arcesilae cum vera sententia, tum honesta et digna sapiente,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 24, 77; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; 2, 35, 119; 3, 1, 3:

    movit patres conscriptos cum causa tum auctor,

    Liv. 9, 10, 1; 4, 57, 2; Suet. Ner. 46 init.
    d.
    With a common predicate after both co-ordinate terms:

    quom virum tum uxorem, di vos perdant,

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 103:

    luxuria cum omni aetati turpis tum senectuti foedissima est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 34, 123; id. Clu. 59, 161; id. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 86; id. N. D. 1, 21, 57; id. Deiot. 9, 26; id. Clu. 16, 46:

    concitatos animos flecti quam frangi putabat cum tutius tum facilius esse,

    Liv. 2, 23, 15; 6, 9, 8; 1, 57, 1; 10, 26, 13; Tac. Dial. 5.—With tum several times repeated:

    quem pater moriens cum tutoribus et propinquis, tum legibus, tum aequitati magistratuum, tum judiciis vestris commendatum putavit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 58, § 151; cf. esp. id. Planc. 40, 95. —
    e.
    Tum, in this construction, is freq. strengthened,
    (α).
    By vero:

    cum haec sunt videnda, tum vero illud est hominis magni, etc.,

    in particular, Cic. Clu. 58, 159; id. Mur. 27, 55; id. Phil. 3, 5, 12; 7, 3, 9; cf. id. Or. 1, 23, 106; 3, 16, 60; Liv. 34, 39, 9; Quint. 12, 1, 25.—
    (β).
    By maxime, above all, most of all, especially, chiefly:

    cum omnibus in rebus temeritas in adsentando turpis est, tum in eo loco maxime in quo ju dicandum est quantum, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 4, 7; id. Tusc. 4, 1, 1; 5, 12, 36; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 69:

    cum infamia atque indignitas rei impediebat, tum maxime quod, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 56; Sall. J. 43, 5; Liv. 1, 8, 2; Suet. Claud. 30; Quint. 6, 1, 29.—
    (γ).
    By praecipue, especially, chiefly, above all:

    cum omnium sociorum provinciarumque rationem diligenter habere debetis, tum praecipue Siciliae,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 2; id. Fam. 13, 11, 3:

    fortuna quae plurimum potest cum in reliquis rebus, tum praecipue in bello,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 68; Liv. 22, 43, 11; 1, 40, 3; Quint. 1, 1, 29; 1, 10, 13; 5, 10, 106; Plin. Ep. 4, 3, 2.—
    (δ).
    By inprimis, chiefly, principally:

    cum multa non probo, tum illud inprimis quod, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 18; id. Fam. 12, 22, 3.—
    (ε).
    By cumprimis, chiefly, principally: quapropter bene cum superis de rebus habenda Nobis est ratio... tum cumprimis Unde anima atque animi constet [p. 1910] natura videndum, Lucr. 1, 131.—
    (ζ).
    By certe, especially, at least, assuredly:

    at cum de plurimis eadem dicit, tum certe de maximis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 5, 13; id. Fam. 7, 4; cf. Quint. 2, 1, 10.—
    (η).
    By nimirum, assuredly, undoubtedly:

    cum plurimas... commoditates amicitia contineat, tum illa nimirum praestat omnibus quod, etc.,

    Cic. Am. 7, 23. —
    (θ).
    By etiam, besides, as well:

    cum omnes omnibus ex terris homines improbos audacesque collegerat, tum etiam multos fortes viros et bonos... tenebat,

    Cic. Cael. 6, 14; id. Ac. 2, 10, 31; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2:

    quos tu cum memoriter, tum etiam erga nos amice et benevole collegisti,

    id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. Verr. 2, 3, 23, § 56:

    cum sua virtute, tum etiam alienis vitiis,

    id. Leg. 23, 67; id. Fin. 2, 12, 38; id. N. D. 2, 37, 95; id. de Or. 3, 60, 225; Liv. 1, 21, 2; 7, 23, 6; 7, 32, 10; Val. Max. 7, 2, 3; 3, 2, 10; 9, 6, 3; Quint. 9, 1, 20; 9, 4, 143.—
    (ι).
    By quoque, also, besides, as well:

    cum potestas major, tum vir quoque potestati par hostes trans Anienem submovere,

    Liv. 4, 17, 11; 1, 22, 2; cf. Quint. 12, 10, 72.—
    (κ).
    By et, also, besides, too:

    cujus mortem cum luctus civitatis, tum et dictaturae undecim insignem fecere,

    Just. 19, 1, 7.—
    (λ).
    By praeterea, moreover, besides:

    dicimus C. Verrem cum multa libidinose fecerit, tum praeterea quadringentiens sestertium ex Sicilia abstulisse,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56.
    II.
    Tum as correlative of dependent clauses (freq. in ante - class. writings and Cic., rare in post-Aug. writings).
    A.
    With temporal clauses, introduced by cum, = at the time when, at a time when.
    1.
    Referring to definite past time.
    a.
    Tum as antecedent of cum:

    jam tum cum primum jussit me ad se arcessier, Roget quis, Quid tibi cum illa?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 4; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21:

    qui (Hercules) tum dolore frangebatur cum immortalitatem ipsa morte quaerebat,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 8, 20:

    bene apud majores nostros senatus tum cum florebat imperium decrevit ut, etc.,

    id. Div. 1, 41, 91; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114; id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 2, 66, § 160; id. Clu. 33, 89; id. Verr. 1, 2, 5; id. Brut. 2, 7; 23, 89; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Agr. 2, 24, 64; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; 3, 4, 11:

    tum mittendos legatos fuisse cum Perseus Graecas urbes obsideret,

    Liv. 45, 3, 7:

    tum cum Vipereos sparsi... dentes,

    Ov. M. 4, 572; id. H. 3, 23; Val. Max. 6, 1, 12.—After pluperf.:

    nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant scimus Romae solutione impedita fidem concidisse,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19; Val. Max. 3, 6, 1; 2, 8, 15 fin. —Tum inserted in the temporal clause:

    cum Davo egomet vidi jurgantem ancillam... quom ibi me adesse neuter tum praesenserat,

    Ter. And. 5, 1, 20.—
    b.
    Tum, introducing the apodosis of the temporal clause (generally not transl. in Engl.).
    (α).
    Of coincident events, cum... tum = while: quom genui tum morituros scivi, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 58, 132 (Trag. Rel. v. 361 Vahl.); Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 18:

    cum minime videbamur, tum maxime philosophabamur,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 3, 6; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Cael. 26, 63; id. Phil. 3, 5, 13:

    cum pavida mulier nullam opem videret, tum Tarquinius fateri amorem, orare, etc.,

    Liv. 1, 58, 3; 5, 11, 4. —
    (β).
    Tum = deinde, usu. after a pluperf.:

    id cum Sulla fecisset, tum ante oppidum Nolam Samnitium castra cepit,

    Cic. Div. 1, 33, 72; id. Brut. 92, 319; id. Ac. 2, 3, 9; 2, 3, 15; id. Fin. 1, 8, 26; id. Tusc. 4, 20, 45; id. Div. 1, 25, 53; 2, 2, 7; id. Rep. 2, 25, 47; Liv. 21, 11, 8; cf. id. 1, 26, 7; 23, 22, 4.—Inserted in the apodosis:

    cum jam humanae opes egestae a Veis essent, amoliri tum deum dona,

    Liv. 5, 22, 3.—
    2.
    Referring to definite present time:

    quem esse negas, eundem esse dicis. Cum enim miserum esse dicis, tum eum qui non sit, dicis esse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12.—
    3.
    Referring to indefinite time.
    a.
    As antecedent of the clause, = at the time when, at a time when, whenever: hominum inmortalis est infamia;

    etiam tum vivit quom esse credas mortuam,

    Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28; id. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7; Cato, R. R. 31:

    nec sibi enim quisquam tum se vitamque requirit Cum pariter mens et corpus sopita quiescunt,

    Lucr. 3, 919; 4, 444; 4, 455;

    4, 1166: omnis praedictio mali tum probatur cum ad praedictionem cautio adjungitur,

    Cic. Div. 2, 25, 54; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104; id. N. D. 2, 3, 9: tum cum sine pondere suci Mobilibus ventis arida facta volant, Ov. H. 5, 109; Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44; 2, 27, 88; id. Fin. 4, 8, 20; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 20; 5, 26, 73; id. N. D. 1, 4, 9; id. Off. 1, 27, 93.—Tum maxime... cum plurimum = eo magis quo magis:

    eam (partem animi) tum maxime vigere cum plurimum absit a corpore,

    Cic. Div. 1, 32, 70; so, cum maxime... tum maxime; v. b. a foll.—
    b.
    Tum introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    As coincident:

    quom amamus, tum perimus,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 94:

    ulmus, cum folia cadunt, tum iterum tempestiva est,

    Cato, R. R. 17; so id. ib. 155 (156):

    cum ea quae quasi involuta fuerunt, aperti sunt, tum inventa dicuntur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 26; id. Fin. 5, 10, 29; 1, 17, 57; id. N. D. 2, 52, 129; 1, 19, 49; id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 15.—Cum maxime... tum maxime = quo magis eo magis:

    nam quom pugnabant maxume, ego tum fugiebam maxume,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 45:

    quamobrem omnes, cum secundae res sunt maxume, tum maxume Meditari secum oportet, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 14, 30 poet. —
    (β).
    As subsequent:

    ad legionem quom itum, adminiculum eis danunt tum jam aliquem cognatum suum,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 47:

    eo cum accessit ratio argumentique conclusio... tum et perceptio eorum omnium apparet,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 30; 2, 41, 128; id. Fin. 5, 9, 24; 1, 20, 69; 5, 15, 41; id. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 1, 24, 58; 3, 2, 3; id. N. D. 2, 48, 123; id. Div. 2, 19, 44.—
    4.
    Referring to future time.
    (α).
    Tum as antecedent of cum:

    quom mi haec dicentur dicta, tum tu, furcifer, quasi mus in medio pariete vorsabere,

    Plaut. Cas. 1, 51; id. Bacch. 3, 4, 20:

    non committam ut tum haec res judicetur cum haec frequentia Roma discesserit,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54; id. Agr. 2, 17, 44; 2, 25, 67; id. Fin. 4, 22, 62; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Liv. 23, 13, 4; 41, 10, 7; Ov. M. 2, 651; id. H. 15, 293; Nep. Them. 6, 5.—
    (β).
    Tum introducing the apodosis:

    quom videbis, tum scies,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; 4, 6, 30:

    de quo cum perpauca dixero, tum ad jus civile veniam,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 12, 34; id. Clu. 2, 6; 4, 9; Liv. 3, 56, 10.—
    B.
    With temporal clause, introduced by ubi.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):

    vitem novellam resecare tum erit tempus ubi valebit,

    Cato, R. R. 33:

    tum tu igitur demum id adulescenti aurum dabis, ubi erit locata virgo in matrimonium?

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 52.—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    Referring to definite past time (tum always = deinde):

    ubi eorum dolorem majorem quam ceterorum cognovi, tum meum animum in illos, tum mei consilii causam proposui, tum eos hortatus sum, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140; Sall. J. 94, 3:

    ubi illuxit, et Romanis Punica et Gallica arma cognita, tum dubitationem exemere,

    Liv. 25, 10, 5; 1, 9, 10; 4, 57, 3; 9, 43, 16; 21, 25, 12; 23, 11, 4.—
    (β).
    Referring to indefinite time:

    post ubi tempust promissa jam perfici, Tum coacti necessario se aperiunt,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 8: Cato, R. R. 3 init.; 17:

    ubi jam morbi se flexit causa... Tum quasi vaccillans primum consurgit,

    Lucr. 3, 503; 6, 129; 6, 526.—
    (γ).
    Referring to future time:

    otium ubi erit, tum tibi operam ludo et deliciae dabo,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 13; id. Stich. 4, 2, 14:

    ubi tu voles, Ubi tempus erit, sat habet si tum recipitur,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 32; Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 72; id. Pers. 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 3, 2, 27:

    ut ubi id interrogando argumentis firmavero, tum testes ad crimen accommodem,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 55:

    ubi haerere jam aciem videris, tum terrorem equestrem infer,

    Liv. 6, 12, 10; 22, 55, 8.—
    C.
    With a temporal clause introduced by postquam.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):

    Flaminius qui ne quieto quidem hoste ipse quieturus erat, tum vero postquam res sociorum ante oculos prope suos ferri vidit, suum id dedecus ratus, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 3, 7; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 (v. infra, III. A. 2. a. b).—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis (always = deinde).
    (α).
    Referring to definite past time:

    posteaquam e portu piratae exierunt, tum coeperunt quaerere homines, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 100; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40 (al. tunc):

    postquam satis virium collectum videbat, tum ex suis unum sciscitatum Romam ad patrem misit,

    Liv. 1, 54, 5; 3, 66, 5; 6, 13, 4; 22, 48, 4; 25, 10, 6; Gell. 5, 3, 6.—
    (β).
    Referring to indefinite time: postquam vero commoditas quaedam... dicendi copiam consecuta est, tum ingenio freta malitia pervertere urbes adsuevit, Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 3.—
    D.
    With a temporal clause introduced by ut.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):

    tum vero ingentem gemitum dat Ut spolia, ut currus, utque ipsum corpus amici... conspexit,

    Verg. A. 1, 485; cf. id. ib. 12, 218.—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    Of definite past time:

    nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi, puto, prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46:

    sed ut intellectum est quantam vim haberet accurata... oratio, tum etiam magistri dicendi multi subito exstiterunt,

    Cic. Brut. 8, 30; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; Liv. 24, 44, 10; id. 21, 54, 9; 23, 34, 6.—
    (β).
    Referring to future time:

    neque ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 34, 146:

    traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum, si eam Romanus rite emisisset, victoriam de Vejentibus dari (= si quando),

    Liv. 5, 15, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.—
    E.
    With a temporal clause introduced by quando.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent of the clause.
    (α).
    Of definite past time:

    auctoritatem senatus exstare sentio, tum, quando Alexandro mortuo, legatos Tyrum misimus,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 16, 41.—
    (β).
    Of future time:

    at scire tum memento quando id quod voles habebis,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 41; id. Mil. 3, 1, 213; id. Most. 3, 1, 136; id. Men. 5, 7, 57:

    utinam tum essem natus quando Romani dona accipere coepissent,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75.—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    Of indefinite time (quando = whenever):

    quando esurio tum crepant (intestina),

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 27; id. Truc. 1, 1, 15; id. Ps. 4, 7, 85:

    quando mulier dotem marito dabat, tum quae ex suis bonis retinebat reciperare dicebatur,

    Gell. 17, 6, 6; 7 (6), 14, 4.—
    (β).
    Of future time:

    at tu, quando habebis, tum dato,

    Plaut. Men. 3, 3, 23:

    quando ab eadem parte sol eodemque tempore iterum defecerit, tum signis omnibus ad principium revocatis, expletum annum habeto,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:

    quando mihi usus venerit, tum quaeram ex te atque discam,

    Gell. 6 (7), 17, 4.—
    F.
    In the apodosis after simul ac:

    an simul ac nubes successere, ipse in eas tum Descendit (Juppiter), prope ut hinc teli determinet ictus?

    Lucr. 6, 402.—
    G.
    With a temporal clause introduced by dum.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent:

    sanctius visum est nomen Augusti, ut scilicet jam tum dum colit terras, ipso numine ac titulo consecretur,

    Flor. 2, 33, 66 (4, 12, 66).—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis:

    dum habeat, tum amet,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 1, 23:

    dum se glomerant... tum pondere turris Procubuit,

    Verg. A. 9, 540.—
    H.
    As antecedent of quamdiu:

    qui cum tibi amicus non modo tum fuerit quamdiu tecum in provincia fuerit, verum etiam nunc sit cum, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 24, § 58.—
    K.
    Denoting a logical consequence after quando and cum:

    quando ergo erga te benignus fui... tum te mihi benigne itidem addecet... referre gratiam,

    Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 35:

    cum magnus numerus deesset, tum iste homo nefarius in eorum locum... substituere coepit cives Romanos,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 28, § 72.—
    L.
    After relative clauses denoting time: qua tempestate Paris Helenam innuptis junxit nuptiis, Ego tum gravida expletis jam fere ad pariendum mensibus, Poet. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 58, 219 (Trag. Rel. p. 246 Rib.).—
    M.
    With conditional clauses.
    1.
    With a conditional clause introduced by si, sin, ni (not nisi).
    (α).
    Tum as antecedent of clause:

    tum pol ego interii, homo si ille abiit,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 6; id. Men. 2, 2, 71; Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 40:

    si tenuis causa est, tum etiam argumentandi tenue filum,

    Cic. Or. 36, 124; id. Rep. 1, 40, 62; 2, 9, 15; id. Fin. 1, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 13; id. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:

    tum vero ego nequiquam Capitolium servaverim si civem in servitutem duci videam,

    Liv. 6, 14, 4; 3, 9, 11; 6, 14, 4; 7, 34, 14; Cato ap. Plin. 29, 1, 7, § 14; Gell. 2, 12, 1 sq.; 4, 13, 1; 14, 2, 21.—
    (β).
    Tum introducing the apodosis:

    si triduum hoc hic erimus, tum arbores in te cadent,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 30; id. Rud. 5, 2, 59; 3, 4, 49; id. As. 1, 3, 89; id. Rud. 1, 3, 13; id. Ps. 4, 1, 1; 4, 1, 48 (39); Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 64; 3, 1, 17; id. Phorm. 1, 3, 19; Cato, R. R. 26; cf. id. ib. 27:

    quod si, ut spero, cepero, tum vero litteras publice mittam,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 3; id. Div. 1, 44, 100; cf. id. Ac. 2, 10, 32; id. Fin. 2, 4, 79; id. N. D. 3, 36, 87; id. Rep. 1, 43, 66: id. [p. 1911] Rosc. Am. 49, 142:

    si dimicandum erit, tum tu in novissimos te recipito,

    Liv. 7, 40, 13; 8, 10, 12; Hor. S. 1, 2, 97; Ov. M. 7, 32.—

    Esp., denoting the consequences of perjury in ancient formulas of oaths: si ego injuste illos homines dedier mihi exposco, tum patriae compotem me numquam siris esse,

    Liv. 1, 32, 7; 1, 24, 8; 22, 53, 11; hence, quid si falles? Me. Tum Mercurius Sosiae iratus siet, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 239; 3, 2, 52; id. Aul. 4, 10, 50; cf. also Liv. 3, 64, 10.—
    2.
    With a condition contrary to fact.
    (α).
    Tum, antecedent of clause:

    tum esset ostentum, si anguem vectis circumplicavisset,

    Cic. Div. 2, 28, 62; id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    tum id audirem si tibi soli viveres,

    id. Marcell. 8, 25; id. Fin. 4, 13, 33; id. Div. 2, 35, 73.—
    (β).
    Tum introducing the apodosis:

    si quidem me amaret, tum istuc prodesset,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 56:

    quodsi omnia nobis quae ad victum pertinent. suppeditarentur, tum optimo quisque ingenio, totum se in cognitione et scientia collocaret,

    Cic. Off. 1, 44, 158. —
    N.
    After an abl. absol.
    1.
    With perfect participles (= postquam or cum... tum), mostly with denique, vero, demum.
    (α).
    Referring to definite past time:

    ut morte ejus nuntiata tum denique bellum confectum arbitraretur,

    Cic. Mur. 16, 34:

    sed confecto proelio tum vero cerneres quanta vis animi fuisset in exercitu Catilinae,

    Sall. C. 61, 1:

    ita rebus divinis peractis tum de bello deque republica dictator rettulit,

    Liv. 22, 11, 1; 2, 29, 1; 2, 29, 3; 3, 56, 1; 5, 50, 8; Plin. 11, 20, 22, § 68.—
    (β).
    Referring to indefinite time:

    hisce omnibus rebus consideratis, tum denique id quod primum est dicendum, postremum soleo cogitare, quo utar exordio,

    Cic. Or. 2, 77, 315.—
    (γ).
    Referring to future time (the abl. absol. = a fut. perf.):

    ita prope XL. diebus interpositis tum denique se responsuros esse arbitrantur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 31; 1, 18, 54; id. Fin. 4, 13, 32; id. Scaur. Fragm. 10, 22.—
    2.
    With pres. participles (post-class.):

    tacentibus cunctis, tum ipse (dixit), etc.,

    Just. 12, 15, 6.
    III.
    Particular connections.
    A.
    With other particles of time.
    1.
    Jam tum, already at that time, i. e. earlier than might be anticipated:

    jam tum erat suspitio Dolo malo haec fieri,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8; cf. id. ib. 4, 4, 58; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 34:

    quippe etenim jam tum divom mortalia saecla Egregias animo facies vigilante videbant,

    Lucr. 5, 1169; 5, 1037:

    ut mihi jam tum divinasse ille (Romulus) videatur hanc urbem sedem aliquando summo esse imperio praebituram,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 5, 10; 2, 7, 12; id. Div. 2, 57, 118; id. Tusc. 4, 2, 4:

    jam tum in Palatio monte Lupercal hoc fuisse ludicrum ferunt,

    Liv. 1, 5, 1; 1, 7, 16; 1, 41, 7; 10, 21, 14;

    24, 49, 1: ut jam tum qualis futurus esset ostenderet,

    Suet. Dom. 1; Curt. 4, 6, 29.—
    2.
    Tum demum and tum denique, then only, then at length, then at last, not till then, i. e. later than might be expected, implying delayed action.
    a.
    Tum demum.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    adversisque in rebus noscere qui sit. Nam verae voces tum demum pectore ab imo Eiciuntur,

    Lucr. 3, 58:

    tum demum Liscus, oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea tacuerat proponit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 5, 33; Sall. J. 46, 1:

    nec ante in campum degressi sunt quam, etc. Tum demum castra Etruscorum pro moenibus Fidenarum posita,

    Liv. 4, 17, 12; 45, 12, 6; 2, 20, 11; 5, 39, 2; 23, 19, 15 et saep.; Val. Max. 1, 6, 10; 1, 7, 4; Curt. 3, 12, 12; Tac. A. 3, 18; 3, 47.—
    (β).
    In partic., referring to clauses introduced by cum, ubi, si, or abl. absol. (v. II. A. B. L. M.), denoting absolute restriction to the terms of the clause:

    imo etiam ubi expolivero, magis hoc tum demum dices,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 60:

    tum demum mihi procax Academia videbitur si aut consenserint omnes, aut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 6, 13:

    cum is Casilini eo die mansurum dixisset, tum demum cognitus est error,

    Liv. 22, 13, 8; Vell. 2, 115, 4; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 fin.; 7, 2, 4; Curt. 3, 11, 6; Plin. Ep. 8, 20, 7.—
    (γ).
    Sometimes = nunc demum (anteclass.): victus es, Chaline. St. Tum nos demum vivere. Olympio. Gaudeo, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 65.—
    b.
    Tum denique.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    tum denique tauros in gregem redigo,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 5:

    injecta glaeba tumulus is (locus) ubi humatus est vocatur, ac tum denique multa religiosa jura complectitur,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 22, 57; id. Fin. 3, 22, 76; id. Tusc. 3, 26, 61: nequiquam temptati ut tum denique desisterent impediendo bello, Liv. 4, 55, 5; Ov. M. 4, 519; 7, 857; 10, 664.—
    (β).
    Referring to clauses with cum, etc. (v. II. A. B. L. M.):

    tum denique homines nostra intellegimus bona quom quae in potestate habuimus ea amisimus,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 33:

    quo cum venerimus, tum denique vivemus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75; 3, 31, 75; id. Leg. 2, 4, 10; id. Rep. 1, 6, 11; so,

    tum denique si,

    id. Fam. 14, 2, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 10, § 29; id. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 1:

    indicandum primum fuisse, dein petendum praesidium, postremo ni impetraretur, tum denique querendum,

    Liv. 23, 43, 2; Cato ap. Plin. 17, 18, 29, § 126 (for tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9, v. II. D. 2. a).—
    3.
    Tum primum (rarely primo), then for the first time:

    tum genus humanum primum mollescere coepit,

    Lucr. 5, 1014:

    ludorum gratia quos tum primum anniversarios in circo facere constituisset,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 7, 12; id. Sen. 21, 78; Caes. B. G. 7, 11:

    ponte sublicio tum primum in Tiberi facto,

    Liv. 1, 33, 6; 2, 41, 3; 39, 22, 2; 2, 20, 6; 39, 49, 4; Vell. 2, 37, 5; Tac. A. 2, 27; id. H. 4, 57; Curt. 3, 12, 26. —
    4.
    With deinde, hic, postea, with consecutive force emphatic.
    a.
    Deinde tum (very rare):

    primum ea quae sumus acturi cogitare debemus, deinde tum dicere ac facere,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 6, 62.—
    b.
    Tum deinde.
    (α).
    = tum demum or tum denique, then at length, not till then, then only:

    nonne optime patronus occurrat prius conviciis luxuriae, etc., tum deinde narret de bonis Pallae? etc.,

    Quint. 4, 2, 27; 12, 10, 11:

    emam, aedificabo, credam, exigam, honores geram: tum deinde lassam senectutem in otium referam,

    Sen. Ep. 101, 4; Plin. 16, 44, 95, § 251.—So corresp. with cum:

    quas cum solus pertulisset, tum deinde comitia collegae subrogando habuit,

    Liv. 2, 8, 3 (Weissenb. demum, by conj.); Col. R. R. 1, 6, 13. —
    (β).
    = an emphatic deinde: nam praetermisit quod in prima parte sumere debuit;

    tum deinde eodem ipso quod omiserat quasi proposito ad confirmandum aliud utitur,

    Gell. 2, 8, 3; 13, 24 (23), 1; Just. 2, 1, 19.—
    c.
    With hic:

    hic tum repente Pacilius quidam accedit, ait, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 94:

    hic ego tum ad respondendum surrexi,

    id. Clu. 18, 51; 27, 73:

    hic tum injectus est hominibus scrupulus,

    id. ib. 28, 76; id. Sest. 11, 25.—
    d.
    Tum postea:

    tum postea complorantibus nostris, dies quidem tandem inluxit,

    Gell. 19, 1, 3; so id. 14, 3, 10 (for quid tum postea, v. D. 1.).—
    5.
    With interim:

    unum, alterum, tertium annum Sassia quiescebat... Tum interim, Q. Hortensio, Q. Metello coss.... despondet ei filiam suam,

    Cic. Clu. 64, 179.—
    B.
    With particles of emphasis.
    1.
    Tum vero (sometimes tum enimvero or enimvero tum), then indeed, at that crisis, then if not before, etc., or merely = emphatic then, denoting either coincidence or sequence of action.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    discedit a Melino Cluentia. Tum vero illa egregia mater palam exsultare... coepit,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 14; 22, 61; id. Agr. 1, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 41, § 107:

    semper equidem magno cum metu incipio dicere... tum vero ita sum perturbatus ut, etc.,

    id. Clu. 18, 51:

    tum vero dubitandum non existimavit quin ad eos proficisceretur,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8; 5, 37; id. B. C. 1, 82; 2, 42:

    Aruns Tarquinius et Tullia minor... junguntur nuptiis. Tum vero in dies infestior Tulli senectus... coepit esse,

    Liv. 1, 47, 1; 2, 22, 6; 4, 49, 13; 10, 19, 12; 21, 45, 9; 21, 58, 5; Ov. M. 2, 227; 7, 685; Curt. 4, 13, 1; 3, 11, 5; Tac. Agr. 37.—And in enumerations:

    deinde... post autem... tum vero ipsam veterem Karthaginem vendunt,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 2, 5.—
    (β).
    As correlative of temporal or conditional clauses, and after abl. absol.:

    quod ubi Romam est nuntiatum, senatui metum injecit ne tum vero sustineri nec in urbe seditio, nec in castris posset,

    Liv. 5, 7, 4; Sall. J. 94, 3:

    tum vero... si,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 63; Liv. 6, 14, 4 (v. II. M. 1. a, b).—With cum, Liv. 32, 12, 1:

    quae postquam frustra temptata rogumque parari... vidit, Tum vero gemitus... Edidit,

    Ov. M. 2, 621; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40; v. C. 1. b. (so, tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; v. II. D. 2. and M. 1.).—
    2.
    Tum quidem, at that time, thereupon, then at least (usu. opposed to a later time): dixit sibi in somnis visum esse, etc. Et tum quidem incolumis exercitum liberavit; post triennium autem devovit se, etc., Cic. Div. 1, 24, 51; so,

    actum quidem,

    id. Fl. 25, 59; id. Lael. 11, 39:

    et tum quidem ab Dio Perseus in interiora regni recepit se... post dies paucos, etc.,

    Liv. 42, 39, 1; 1, 57, 10; 3, 2, 10;

    7, 17, 3.—Often in resuming the narrative after a digression: ac tum quidem regem... filium appellat,

    Curt. 4, 7, 25.—Merely emphatic:

    Duillio Cornelioque coss. etiam mari congredi ausus est. Tum quidem ipsa velocitas classis comparatae victoriae auspicium fuit,

    Flor. 1, 18 (2, 2), 7; so id. 1, 22 (2, 6), 20; 1, 40 (3, 5), 12.—With cum, Tac. Dial. 11.—
    3.
    Ne tum quidem, not even then:

    num quis horum miser hodie? Ne tum quidem, post spiritum extremum,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 37, 89; id. Div. 1, 26, 55; id. Verr. 2, 2, 40, § 98:

    ubi ne tum quidem eos prodire intellexit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 50; 7, 53; Tac. H. 5, 21; Curt. 3, 2, 18.—With cum:

    ille vere ne tum quidem miser cum ab Oroete in crucem actus est,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 30, 92; so id. Tusc. 5, 20, 57; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; Liv. praef. 12; 39, 39, 11.—
    4.
    Tum maxime (sometimes tum cummaxime).
    (α).
    Especially at that time, chiefly then: illi sumposia, nos convivia quod tum maxime simul vivitur, Cic. Fam. 9, 24, 35; id. Leg. 2, 11, 26.—With cum:

    quae quidem vis tum maxime cognita est cum... M. Cato, legem suadens, in Galbam multa dixit,

    Cic. Brut. 23, 89; id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Par. 4, 1, 29.—
    (β).
    Just then, just at that moment (not ante-Aug.):

    regi, tum maxime captivos ex Illyrico vendenti,

    Liv. 43, 20, 3; 1, 10, 1:

    per totam aciem vulgatum est, castra amissa esse, et tum cummaxime ardere,

    id. 40, 32, 1; so,

    tum cummaxime,

    id. 43, 7, 8:

    corpus enim suum a caupone trucidatum tum maxime plaustro ad portam ferri,

    Val. Max. 1, 7, ext. 10; 2, 10, 2; 3, 2, 2 fin.; Curt. 3, 4, 14; 6, 6, 10; Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154; Quint. 2, 15, 30; 2, 61, 31; Suet. Caes. 65; id. Calig. 53.—So with cum:

    et quod tum maxime Abydum oppugnaret cum rex ab Attalo et Rhodiis ultro se bello lacessitum diceret,

    Liv. 31, 18, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 15, 2.—
    (γ).
    Strengthening the co-ordinate tum after cum, so especially; v. I. C. 3. e. b (for cum maxime... tum maxime and tum maxime... cum plurimum, v. II. A. 3. a. b.).—
    5.
    Tum potissimum = tum maxime, just then (rare):

    C. Caesar... tum potissimum acie commissa impeditos religione hostes vicit,

    Front. Strat. 2, 1, 16.—
    6.
    Etiam tum.
    (α).
    Even then:

    etiam tum vivit cum esse credas mortuam,

    Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28:

    totum se Servilio etiam tum tradidit,

    even then, at so late a time, Cic. Sest. 62, 130:

    etiam tum cum verisimile erit,

    id. Rosc. Am. 20, 57.— So with cum, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 59, § 154; id. Dom. 13, 23; id. Sest. 38, 81.—
    (β).
    Still, as yet (also as one word; cf. etiamtum, and v. the foll. additional passages), Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 19, § 41; id. Fin. 3, 14, 48; id. Rep. 2, 12, 24; id. Arch. 3, 5; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; id. Brut. 20, 80; id. Off. 2, 14, 47; Caes. B. C. 3, 93; Liv. 5, 40, 10; Val. Max. 9, 6, 3; Tac. A. 3, 72; Suet. Claud. 27 fin.; id. Dom. 22.—

    And with a negation, = nondum: ipsa ego non longos etiam tum scissa capillos,

    not yet long, Ov. H. 8, 79.—
    7.
    Tum etiam.
    (α).
    Followed by si or cum, even if, even when:

    atque equidem filium Tum etiam si nolit, cogam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 65:

    qui tum etiam cum... circumfusi erant caligine,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 45.—
    (β).
    Then also, then too, besides:

    tum etiam illud cogitatote, sic vivere Cornelium ut, etc.,

    Cic. Balb. 28, 65; id. N. D. 1, 16, 43; so id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Fin. 2, 16, 53; Col. 12 praef.—
    8.
    Tum quoque.
    (α).
    Also then, then likewise, then as before, then as on another occasion mentioned before: ceu lapidem si Percutiat lapis aut ferrum;

    nam tum quoque lumen Exsilit,

    Lucr. 6, 162:

    tum quoque homini plus tribui quam nescio cui necessitati,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 11, 28:

    tum quoque multis milibus Latinorum in civitatem acceptis,

    Liv. 1, 33, 5; 2, 52, 2; 21, 22, 4; Caes. B. C. 3, 37; Ov. M. 14, 369.—
    (β).
    Even then, = etiam tum (rare):

    et tamen tum quoque se absentes triumphare credunt,

    Liv. 45, 38, 13; 39, 41, 3; 39, 47, 11; Ov. H. 17 (18), 190.—
    (γ).
    In orat. obliq. (v. I. A. 2.), even now:

    quod si Romani tum quoque aequa aspernarentur,

    Liv. 42, 62, 7. —
    (δ).
    = sic quoque, even under the circumstances, even as it was, etc. (v. sic, V. 3.): ut si effugium patuisset in publicum, impleturae urbem tumultu fuerint. Tum quoque [p. 1912] aliquotiens integro corpore evaserunt, Liv. 24, 26, 13; 40, 16, 6; 43, 4, 1;

    9, 13, 9: tum quoque, amputata dextra, navem sinistra comprehendit,

    Just. 2, 9, 18.—
    9.
    Tum ipsum = eo ipso tempore, at the very time, just then, even then (only in Cic. in four passages; cf.:

    nunc ipsum): tota igitur ratio talium largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum... moderanda est,

    Cic. Off. 2, 17, 60:

    quem quidem cum sua voluntate ex patria Karthaginem revertisset, tum ipsum cum vigiliis et fame cruciaretur, clamat virtus beatiorem fuisse quam Thorium,

    id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv. ad loc.:

    tum ipsum cum immolare velis extorum fieri mutatio potest,

    id. Div. 1, 52, 118:

    ita (oratores), non injuria, quotienscunque dicerent, id quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,

    id. Or. 1, 27, 123.—
    C.
    Tum with co-ordinating particles.
    1.
    Tum autem.
    (α).
    = praeterea, and then, besides (v. I. C. 1.): turpilucricupidum te vocant cives tui;

    tum autem sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:

    oves scabrae sunt... Tum autem Surorum nemo exstat qui ibi sex menses vixerit,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 141; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 4, 2, 3; id. Poen. 5, 5, 34; 5, 7, 22; Ter. And. 1, 5, 34; id. Eun. 5, 9, 7; id. Hec. 2, 1, 14; 3, 2, 10:

    tum autem qui non ipso honesto movemur... callidi sumus, non boni,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 14, 41; id. Or. 1, 58, 247; 2, 19, 80.—
    (β).
    = tum... tum:

    visne igitur inter hos populos inambulantes, tum autem residentes quaeramus eisdem de rebus?

    Cic. Leg. 1, 5, 15.—
    (γ).
    = eo tempore, with autem as connective:

    tum illic autem Lemnius... uxorem duxit, etc.,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 25:

    tum autem ex omnibus montibus nives proluit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 48.—
    (δ).
    But in this instance:

    uxori emunda ancilla'st: tum autem pluscula Supellectile opus est,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 60; 5, 7, 25 sq.—
    2.
    For tum etiam, v. B. 7. b.—
    3.
    Tum praeterea:

    nam tui similis est probe. Tum praeterea talem, nisi tu, nulla pareret filium,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 20; so id. Ad. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 3, 2, 33; Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56 (v. I. C. 3. e. l).—
    4.
    Tum porro:

    tum porro venti magnam quoque tollere partem Umoris possunt,

    Lucr. 6, 623; 4, 829 (827).—
    D.
    Quid tum?
    1.
    In dialogue, what then? what next? what further? novi ego hos pugnos meos. Ca. Quid tum? Th. Quid tum? Rogitas? Hisce ego, si tu me inritaveris, placidum te hodie reddam, Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 49; so id. As. 2, 2, 83; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 47; 3, 5, 66; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 8.—And strengthened:

    quid tum postea?

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; id. As. 2, 2, 68; 2, 2, 79; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 78; 4, 2, 9; 4, 7, 23; id. Ad. 4, 5, 15; id. Hec. 4, 1, 36: videsne abundare me otio? A. Quid tum? Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 26.—
    2.
    In imitation of a dialogue:

    at mulctantur bonis exsules. Quid tum? Parumne multa de toleranda paupertate dicuntur?

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 37, 107; so id. Quint. 22, 72; 27, 84; id. Verr. 2, 4, 59, § 132; id. Dom. 47, 123; id. Dejot. 7, 22; id. Phil. 1, 10, 26; Hor. S. 2, 3, 230.—
    3.
    As emphatic co-ordinative in quoting the different items of a document, law, etc.: quive in senatu sententiam dixit, dixerit. Quid tum? Qui eorum coiit, coierit, etc., what next? i. e. and then, listen! Cic. Clu. 54, 148; so id. Agr. 1, 5, 16; 3, 3, 11; id. Mur. 12, 26; id. Fl. 23, 55.—
    E.
    Tum temporis = eo tempore (post class. and rare; cf.:

    tunc temporis): postera die civitas principem suum, ac tum temporis consulem in foro expectabat,

    Just. 31, 2, 6.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tum

  • 25 εἰ

    εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.
    A

    Inscr.Cypr.135.10

    H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.
    A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper.,

    εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262

    ; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.
    2 in wishes, c. opt.,

    ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111

    , cf. 24.74; so later,

    εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863

    (lyr.);

    εἴ μοι γένοιτο φθόγγος ἐν βραχίοσιν E.Hec. 836

    : more freq. folld. by

    γάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189

    , al.;

    εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410

    ;

    εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38

    ;

    εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d

    ; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt.,

    εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825

    ;

    Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29

    ; later with past tenses of ind.,

    εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152

    (anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands),

    αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311

    , cf. 24.376.
    b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions,

    εἴθε οἱ αὐτῷ Ζεὺς ἀγαθὸν τελέσειεν 2.33

    ;

    εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157

    ;

    ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537

    (lyr.);

    εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46

    : later c. inf.,

    γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284

    (Crin.).
    c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes,

    αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84

    ; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.
    d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use),

    εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28

    .
    B IN CONDITIONS, if:
    I with INDIC.,
    1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi,

    εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7

    ;

    εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526

    ;

    εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a

    ;

    κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579

    , cf. Od.17.475;

    εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c

    ;

    εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b

    , cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.
    b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres.,

    εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943

    : with [tense] impf.,

    εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10

    : rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.
    2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically,

    εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19

    ;

    εἰ μὴ βοηθήσετε οὐ περιέσται τἀκεῖ Th.6.91

    ; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings,

    εἰ μὴ καθέξεις γλῶσσαν ἔσται σοι κακά E.Fr.5

    ;

    εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c

    , cf. D.28.21: or,
    b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759;

    ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485

    , cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.
    3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.
    a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9;

    αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28

    ; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.
    b with [tense] aor. referring to past time,

    εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38

    ; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4;

    καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d

    , cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi,

    εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a

    .
    c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.
    II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects,

    αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6

    ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt.,

    εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13

    ; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose,

    εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21

    ;

    εἴ τι που ἄλσος ἢ τέμενος ἀφειμένον ᾖ Pl.Lg. 761c

    : in later Prose,

    εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5

    ;

    εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9

    , cf. Procl. Inst.26.
    1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549;

    ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11

    ; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.
    2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted,

    εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81

    .
    b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.
    III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),
    1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223;

    εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979

    ;

    οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11

    ;

    οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37

    , etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.
    b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; also

    εἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c

    .
    2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom.,

    εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768

    ; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66;

    ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755

    . For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence,

    ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3

    .
    3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145;

    ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5

    .
    4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v.

    ἄν A. 111

    . d).
    IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt.,

    εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129

    ;

    εἰ εἶναι τοῦτο μὴ φίλον 2.64

    , cf. 172, 3.105, 108.
    V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43;

    οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147

    : after past tenses,

    ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13

    ;

    δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33

    ;

    ἐθαύμαζον εἴ τι ἕξει τις χρήσασθαι τῷ λόγῳ Pl.Phd. 95a

    ;

    οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105

    : in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη)

    εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157

    ;

    ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7

    ; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found,

    ἀγανακτῶ εἰ ὁ Φίλιππος ἁρπάζων οὐ λυπεῖ D.8.55

    ;

    δεινὸν ἂν εἴη εἰ οἱ ἐκείνων ξύμμαχοι οὐκ ἀπεροῦσιν Th.1.121

    ;

    τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d

    , etc.
    VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.;

    εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321

    ; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.
    VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:
    1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.
    2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.
    3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:
    a εἰ μή except,

    οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200

    ; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only,

    ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73

    , cf. 1.45, 2.20;

    εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17

    , Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical,

    εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8

    ;

    εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13

    .
    b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise,

    προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37

    , cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433;

    ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35

    ;

    οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6

    , cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.
    c εἰ δέ sts. stands for

    εἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c

    , cf. Smp. 212c;

    εἰ δ' οὖν S.Ant. 722

    ;

    εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24

    ; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.
    d εἰ γάρ for if so, Id.7.3.6.
    e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any,

    τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5

    ;

    ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8

    , cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.;

    εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2

    , etc.;

    εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d

    ; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).
    f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever,

    ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20

    , cf. Ar.Eq. 594;

    αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11

    , cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers,

    εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39

    .
    g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.);

    εἴ που Od.4.193

    .
    h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1),

    πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58

    .
    VIII with other PARTICLES:
    2 for ὡς εἰ, ὡς εἴ τε, ὥσπερ εἰ, etc., v. ὡς and ὥσπερ.
    3 for εἰ ἄρα, v. ἄρα; for εἰ δή, εἴπερ, v. εἰ δή, εἴπερ; for εἴ γε, v. γέ.
    IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.
    C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:
    1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183;

    εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41

    .
    2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical,

    ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75

    .
    3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a;

    ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60

    : rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.
    4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.
    5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause,

    ὅπως ἴδῃς εἴτ' ἔνδον εἴτ' οὐκ ἔνδον S.Aj.7

    ;

    σκοπῶμεν εἰ ἡμῖν πρέπει ἢ οὔ Pl.R. 451d

    ; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a;

    πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a

    , 313b;

    ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9

    ; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰ

  • 26 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 27 tunc

    tunc, adv. demonstr., of time [tum, and demonstr. suffix -ce], then, at that time; but in ante-class. and class. prose tunc is always emphatic, and generally refers to a point of time. In post-Aug. style tunc freq. occurs without emphasis, and is freely used of periods of time. Tunc = deinde occurs first in the class. per. and rarely in prose; but is very freq. after the Aug. per. Tunc in mere co-ordinative use is very rare and not ante-class. (v. I. C.). Tunc coupled with an emphatic or temporal particle is very rare in class. prose, but freq. in the postAug. period. Poets often use tunc instead of tum before vowels for the sake of the metre. In general, tunc is not freq. till after the Aug. period. Cic. has tum about thirty times as often as tunc; Caes. has tunc only five times; Livy, in the first two books, has tunc five times, tum eighty-two times; but Val. Max. has tunc four times as often as tum. Sen. almost always has tunc; tum only in a few passages, mostly in co ordinative use. In Vitr., Suet., Plin., Just., and the jurists, tunc largely predominates; but Nep. has tunc once only, and Tac., who employs both words sparingly, has tum oftener than tunc. The Codd. very freq. vary between the words, and in many passages the reading is still doubtful. Undue weight has been given by some critics to opposition to nunc and connection with cum; cf. Kritz ad Sall. J. 5, 1; Zumpt ad Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 142; 2, 5, 10, § 27. Both tum and tunc are freq. opposed to nunc, and connected with cum.
    I.
    Absol.
    A.
    Referring an event to a time before mentioned.
    1.
    To definite past time.
    (α).
    To a period of time, = illis temporibus (only post-Aug.):

    tunc melius tenuere fidem cum paupere cultu Stabat in exigua ligneus aede deus,

    Tib. 1, 10, 19:

    nulli tunc subsessores alienorum matrimoniorum oculi metuebantur,

    Val. Max. 2, 1, 5:

    sed tunc clarissimus quisque juvenum pro amplificanda patria plurimum periculi sustinebat,

    id. 3, 2, 6:

    nunc quo ventum est? A servis vix impetrari potest ne eam supellectilem fastidiant qua tunc consul non erubuit,

    id. 4, 3, 7:

    quo pacto inter amicos viguisse tunc justitiam credimus, cum inter accusatores quoque, etc.,

    id. 6, 5, 6:

    si vere aestimare Macedonas qui tunc erant volumus, fatebimur, etc.,

    Curt. 4, 16, 33:

    sed civitati nullae tunc leges erant,

    Just. 2, 7, 3; 6, 9, 5.—
    (β).
    Referring to a point of time spoken of: cives Romani [p. 1914] tunc facti sunt Campani, Enn. ap. Censor. 14 (Ann. v. 174 Vahl.): tanto sublatae sunt Augmine tunc lapides, id. ap. Non. p. 211, 8 (Ann. v. 542 ib.): tunc ipsos adoriant, ne quis Spartam referat nuntium, Naev. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 801 P. (Trag. Rel. v. 16 Rib.):

    (Sulla) statim ex iis rebus quas tunc vendebat jussit ei praemium tribui, etc.,

    Cic. Arch. 10, 25:

    neque ego tunc princeps ad salutem esse potuissem si, etc.,

    id. Sull. 3, 9:

    his tunc cognitis rebus amici regis his... liberaliter responderunt,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 104:

    tunc duces Nerviorum... colloqui sese velle dicunt,

    at this time, id. B. G. 5, 41:

    quod se facturos minabantur, aegreque tunc sunt retenti quin oppidum irrumperent,

    id. B. C. 2, 13 fin.:

    Romanus tunc exercitus in agro Larinati erat,

    Liv. 22, 24, 1:

    itaque cum in ipsum, et innocentia tutum et magistratu in quo tunc erat, impetus fieri non posset, etc.,

    id. 4, 44, 6; cf. id. 2, 2, 2; 4, 8, 6; 10, 37, 10;

    44, 44, 3: nec, si rescindere posses (sc. jussa Jovis), Tunc aderas,

    Ov. M. 2, 679:

    tunc ego nec cithara poteram gaudere sonora, nec, etc.,

    Tib. 3, 4, 69:

    tunc urbis custodiis praepositus C. Maecenas,

    Vell. 2, 88, 2:

    forte evenit ut tunc summae dignitatis ibi femina veneno consumere se destinarit,

    Val. Max. 2, 6, 8:

    qui tunc Libitinam exercebant,

    id. 5, 2, 10:

    Coriolanus ad Volscos, infestos tunc Romanis, confugit,

    id. 5, 4, 1; cf. id. 2, 10, 3; 4, 8, 5; 5, 5, 3; 7, 6, 5 fin.;

    8, 1 damn. 1: Carthaginiensium legati ad celebrandum sacrum anniversarium more patrio tunc venerant,

    Curt. 4, 2, 10:

    et tunc aestas erat, cujus calor, etc.,

    id. 3, 5, 1:

    perierat imperium, quod tunc in extremo stabat, si Fabius, etc.,

    Sen. Troad. 1, 11, 5:

    tunc,distractis Orientis viribus, casus Mithridati datus est occupandi Armeniam,

    Tac. A. 11, 9; cf. id. ib. 2, 25:

    quidam ex eis qui tunc egerant, decesserunt,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 24, 3:

    ardente tunc in Africa bello,

    Suet. Caes. 70; cf. id. Calig. 48; id. Ner. 20; 21:

    Asiam tunc tenebat imperio rex Darius,

    Gell. 17, 9, 20:

    hostes tunc populi Romani fuerant Fidenates,

    id. 17, 21, 17; cf. id. 13, 5, 2 and 3; 14, 1, 8; Ael. Spart. Had. 11; 23; 24.—Repeated by anaphora:

    tunc victus abiere feri, tunc consita pomus, tunc bibit inriguas fertilis hortus aquas, Aurea tunc pressos, etc.,

    Tib. 2, 1, 43:

    tunc Parmenio et Philotas, tunc Amyntas consobrinus, tunc noverca fratresque interfecti, tunc Attalus, Eurylochus... occurrebant,

    Just. 12, 6, 14; so id. 43, 3, 2; 43, 4, 2.—Attributively:

    regem tunc Lacedaemoniorum,

    Just. 6, 2, 4.—
    (γ).
    Referring to a state no longer in existence:

    silvae tunc circa viam erant, plerisque incultis,

    Liv. 21, 25, 8:

    urbs (Corinthus) erat tunc praeclara ante excidium,

    id. 45, 28, 2:

    hic (Curio) primo pro Pompei partibus, id est, ut tunc habebatur, pro republica, mox... pro Caesare stetit,

    Vell. 2, 48, 3:

    certissimum tunc proscriptorum perfugium penetravit,

    Val. Max. 7, 3, 9:

    docuit in atrio Catulinae domus, quae pars Palatii tunc erat,

    Suet. Gram. 17: tunc (i. e. olim) in usu erat, eam hereditatem, etc., Gai Inst. 2, 254 erat autem tunc mos ut cum princeps causam cognosceret... sententiam ex omnium deliberatione proferret, Ael. Spart. Had. 8.—
    (δ).
    Expressly opposed to present time: tunc igitur pelles, nunc aurum et purpura exercent hominum vitam, Lucr 5, 1423;

    ea lege quae tunc erat Sempronia, nunc est Cornelia,

    Cic. Clu. 56, 154:

    cum vero causam justam deus ipse dederit, ut tunc Socrati, nunc Catoni, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 30, 74, cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45; 2, 3, 67, § 156; id. Arch. 3, 5; id. Pis. 13, 30; id. Rab. Post. 12, 34; id. Phil. 7, 5, 14:

    cur privati non damus remiges, sicut tunc dedimus?

    Liv. 34, 6, 18:

    munitiones et locis opportunioribus tunc fuerunt et validiores impositae (i. e. quam nunc),

    id. 36, 17, 4:

    parva nunc res videri potest quae tunc patres ac plebem accendit,

    id. 4, 25, 13; cf. id. 8, 31, 4; 21, 18, 5:

    Macedones milites ea tunc erant fama qua nunc Romani feruntur,

    Nep. Eum. 3, 4: nunc solvo poenas;

    tunc tibi inferias dedi,

    Sen. Phoen. 172:

    nunc haberent socios quos tunc hostes habuerant,

    Just. 6, 7, 5; cf. id. 8, 2, 9:

    hoc tunc Veii fuere, nunc fuisse quis meminit?

    Flor. 1, 12, 11.—And tunc and tum in co-ordinated sentences: qui ager nunc multo pluris est quam tunc fuit. Tum enim, etc., nunc, etc.;

    tum erat ager incultus, nunc est cultissimus,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33: vos etiamsi tunc faciendum non fuerit, nunc utique faciendum putatis;

    ego contra, etiamsi tum migrandum fuisset, nunc has ruipas relinquendas non censerem,

    Liv. 5, 53, 3 (in such connections tum generally refers to a previous tunc, rarely vice versa).—
    (ε).
    Opposed to a previous or a later time:

    quae ipsum Hannibalem, armis tunc invictum voluptate vicit (i. e. etsi non postea),

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 95:

    raro alias tribuni popularis oratio acceptior plebi quam tunc severissimi consulis fuit,

    Liv. 3, 69, 1:

    (Syphax) tunc accessio Punici belli fuerat, sicut Gentius Macedonici,

    id. 45, 7, 2; 5, 37, 2; 45, 25, 10:

    non ab Scipionibus aliisque veteribus Romanorum ducum quidquam ausum fortius quam tunc a Caesare,

    Vell. 2, 80, 3:

    et tunc Aeanti, ut deo, immolaverunt, et deinceps, etc.,

    Val. Max. 1, 5, ext. 2:

    praetor hic Alexandri fuerat, tunc transfuga,

    Curt. 3, 11, 18; cf. id. 4, 13, 18:

    Cilicum nationes saepe et alias commotae, tunc Troxoboro duce, montes asperos castris cepere,

    Tac. A. 12, 55; cf. id. ib. 2, 62; id. H. 3, 58:

    ob res et tunc in Africa, et olim in Germania gestas,

    Suet. Galb. 8; cf. id. Tib. 10; 18; id. Oth. 4:

    idem tunc Faesulae quod Carrhae nuper,

    Flor. 1, 5, 8.—
    (ζ).
    In general statements, applied to the actual state of affairs:

    mos est regibus quotiens in societatem coeant, pollices inter se vincire, etc. Sed tunc, qui ea vincula admovebat decidisse simulans, genua Mithridatis invadit,

    Tac. A. 12, 47:

    legebatur ergo ibi tunc in carmine Latino, etc.,

    Gell. 2, 22, 2.— Pregn., as matters then stood:

    aptissimum tempus fuerat, delinimentum animis Bolani agri divisionem obici: tunc haec ipsa indignitas angebat animos,

    Liv. 4, 51, 6.—
    (η).
    Of coincidence in time: tunc = cum hoc fieret, on that occasion:

    quodsi tu tunc, Crasse, dixisses, omnem eorum importunitatem evellisset oratio tua,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 53, 230; id. Clu. 56, 153; id. Lig. 5, 16; id. Phil. 7, 5, 14:

    tunc Lacedaemoniis accusantibus respondendum erat, nunc a vobis ipsis accusati sumus,

    Liv. 39, 36, 7:

    jam Horatius secundam pugnam petebat. Tunc... clamore adjuvant militem suum,

    while he was doing so, id. 1, 25, 9; 45, 23, 17:

    sed neque... nubes Tunc habuit, nec... imbres,

    Ov. M. 2, 310:

    quid mihi tunc animi fuit?

    id. ib. 7, 582:

    quid mihi tunc animi credis, germane, fuisse?

    id. H. 11, 87; 12, 31:

    quid tunc homines timuerint, quae senatus trepidatio... neque mihi exprimere vacat, neque, etc.,

    Vell. 2, 124, 1:

    non Catoni tunc praetura, sed praeturae Cato negatus est,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 6; cf. id. 1, 8, 6; 4, 5, 3; 6, 1, 8; 6, 2, 3; 6, 2, 6; 6, 6, ext. 1;

    9, 3, 1: tunc ego dicere debui,

    Sen. Ep. 63, 15:

    non possum dicere aliud tunc mihi quam deos adfuisse,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 5, 5:

    tunc domus priscorum ducum arserunt,

    Suet. Ner. 38; Just. 18, 3, 14; Gell. 6 (7), 3, 48; 12, 13, 21; 19, 1, 11.—Tunc and tum co-ordinate: sanguine tunc (Phaethontis) credunt... Tum facta'st Libya... arida;

    tum, etc.,

    Ov. M. 2, 235 sqq.: tunc... sorores Debuerant, etc.;

    Tum potui Medea mori bene,

    id. H. 12, 3 sqq.—And referring to a supposed action at a definite time:

    nobis tunc repente trepidandum in acie instruenda erat,

    if we had accepted the battle then, Liv. 44, 38, 11.—
    (θ).
    Redundant (post-class.):

    id quale fuerit, neque ipse tunc prodidit, neque cuiquam facile succurrat,

    Suet. Tit. 10; cf.: in ejusmodi temporibus tunc eae ambulationes aperiuntur, Vitr 5, 9, 9.—
    2.
    = nunc, in oblique discourse (rare):

    quod si consulatus tanta dulcedo sit, jam tunc ita in animum inducant, consulatum captum a tribunicia potestate esse,

    Liv. 2, 54, 5:

    ut cum multis saeculis murus urbi civium virtus fuerit, tunc cives salvos se fore non existimaverint nisi intra muros laterent,

    Just. 14, 5, 7.—
    3.
    Referring to indefinite time.
    (α).
    Then, at such a time of the year, day, etc.; at such a season:

    tunc (i. e. autumno) praecidi arbores oportere secundum terram,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 27:

    ab eo in fastis dies hordicalia nominantur, quod tunc hordae boves immolantur,

    id. ib. 2, 5:

    omnes (nubes sol) enim sub se tunc (= medio die),

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 8, 7:

    tunc enim maximae et integrae adhuc nives (= aestate prima),

    id. ib. 4, 2, 21:

    et tunc potest ventis concitari mare,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 25; cf. id. ib. 4, 5, 2.—
    (β).
    With the force of an indefinite temporal clause:

    tunc ignes tenuissimi iter exile designant et caelo producunt, of shooting stars,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 6: nemo observat lunam nisi laborantem. Tunc urbes conclamant, tunc pro se quisque superstitione vana trepidat, id. ib. 7, 1, 2:

    adjuvari se tunc (i. e. cum faces vident) periclitantes existimant Pollucis et Castoris numine,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 13; cf. id. ib. 1, 8, 3; 2, 55, 2; 5, 3, 1; 6, 12, 2; id. Ep. 42, 4; id. Brev. Vit. 11, 1: si ancilla ex cive Romand conceperit, deinde civis Romana facta sit, et tunc pariat, etc., Gai Inst. 1, 88; 1, 90; Dig. 1, 6, 8; 40, 12, 22, § 3.—
    (γ).
    With the force of a conditional clause, in this instance: Tr. Erus peregre venit. Si. Tunc tibi actutum chorda tenditur, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 55 Lorenz (al. tum):

    dominae mentem convertite... Tunc ego crediderim vobis, et sidera et amnes Posse, etc.,

    Prop. 1, 1, 23:

    itaque tunc dividere optimum erit (= si plura sunt quae nocent),

    Quint. 4, 2, 101; so id. 6, 1, 22:

    cuperem tecum communicare tam subitam mutationem mei: tunc amicitiae nostrae certiorem fiduciam habere coepissem,

    Sen. Ep. 6, 2: nemo est ex inprudentibus qui reliqui sibi debeat. Tunc mala consilia agitant, tunc aut aliis aut ipsis pericula struunt;

    tunc cupiditates improbas ordinant, tunc... tunc... denique, etc.,

    id. ib. 10, 2;

    7, 2: tunc enim (i. e. si cottidie reputes) subit recordatio: Quot dies quam frigidis rebus absumpsi!

    Plin. Ep. 1, 9, 3:

    propter liberos retentio fit (dotis) si culpa mulieris divortium factum sit, tunc enim sextae retinentur ex dote,

    Ulp. Fragm. 6, 10: veluti si a femina manumissa sit: tunc enim e lege Atilia petere debet tutorem, Gai Inst. 1, 195; 1, 76; 1, 40; 3, 181; Fragm. Vat. 52; Dig. 2, 4, 8; 5, 3, 13, § 12; 7, 3, 1; 19, 1, 11, § 15; 11, 1, 20; Just. Inst. 1, 12, § 6; in the jurists, saep.—
    4.
    Referring to future time.
    (α).
    In gen.: tunc illud vexillum... coloniae Capuae inferetur;

    tunc contra hanc Romam illa altera Roma quaeretur,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 86:

    tunc, ut quaeque causa crit statuetis, nunc libertatem repeti satis est,

    Liv. 3, 53, 10:

    senatus consultum adjectum est ut... praetor qui tunc esset... apud eorum quem qui manumitteretur... jusjurandum daret, etc.,

    id. 41, 9, 11:

    nec taedebit avum parvo advigilare nepoti... Tunc operata deo pubes discumbet in herba, etc.,

    Tib. 2, 5, 95:

    tunc interea tempus exercitus ex hoc loco educendi habebis,

    Gell. 3, 7, 7.—
    (β).
    With the force of a conditional clause:

    tunc me biremis Tutum... Aura feret geminusque Pollux (i. e. si mugiat malus procellis),

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 62:

    vectabor umeris tunc ego inimicis eques (i. e. si hoc feceris),

    id. Epod. 17, 74:

    tunc tua me infortunia laedent (i. e. si dolebis tibi),

    id. A. P. 103:

    tunc ego jurabo quaevis tibi numina... Tunc ego... Efficiam, etc.,

    Ov. H. 15 (16), 319:

    tunc piger ad nandum, tunc ego cautus ero,

    id. ib. 17 (18), 210.—
    B.
    Representing sequence or succession in events, = deinde.
    1.
    Simple sequence in time.
    (α).
    Time proper (rare till after the Aug. per.;

    in Cic. perh. only in the foll. passages): Herodotus cum Roma reverteretur, offendit eum mensem qui sequitur mensem comitialem. Tunc Cephaloeditani decrerunt intercalarium XLV dies longum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 52, § 130:

    veni in eum sermonem ut docerem, etc. Tunc mihi ille dixit quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:

    dixi ei, me ita facturum esse ut, etc. Tunc ille a me petivit, etc.,

    id. ib. 3, 6, 2 is finis pugnae equestris fuit. Tunc adorti peditum aciem, nuntios ad consules rei gestae mittunt, Liv. 3, 70, 8:

    tandem curia excesserunt. Tunc sententiae interrogari coeptae,

    id. 45, 25, 1:

    equites, relictis equis, provolant ante signa... Tunc inter priores duorum populorum res geritur,

    id. 7, 8, 1:

    iterum deinde interpellatus, in proposito persistit. Tunc Poppedius, abjecturum inde se... minatus est,

    Val. Max. 3, 1, 2; cf. id. 5, 4, 1; 7, 3, 2; 7, 3, 6: tunc intendit arcum, et ipsum cor adulescentis figit, Sen. de Ira, 3, 14, 2; so id. Ot. Sap. 1, 1; id. Q. N. 1, 12, 1:

    Dareum XXX inde stadia abesse praemissi indicabant. Tunc consistere agmen jubet,

    Curt. 3, 8, 24:

    contionem discedere in manipulos jubet. Tunc a veneratione Augusti orsus flexit ad victorias,

    Tac. A. 1, 34; cf. id. ib. 1, 67; 12, 31; 12, 33; 12, 69; id. H. 4, 72; Vitr. 1, 4, 12; 1, 6, 7; 2, 1, 2; 2, 1, 4; 5, 12, 5; 7, praef. 5; 7, 1, 3; 7, 2, 2; 8, 1, 1; Suet. Ner. 49; id. Vit. 15 fin.; id. Dom. 16; Front. Strat. 2, 5, 4; Gell. 1, 22, 6; 6 (7), 17, 6; 13, 31 (30), 6; 14, 2, 9; [p. 1915] Flor. 2, 13 (4, 2), 71; Just. 11, 4, 1; 11, 10, 2; 12, 7, 7; 13, 3, 4; 18, 4, 10 et saep.; Dig. 1, 2, 2, § 26.—
    (β).
    Before an abl. absol. (postclass.):

    statuunt tempus quo foedissimum quemque invadant. Tunc, signo inter se dato, inrumpunt contubernia,

    Tac. A. 1, 48:

    tunc, Campaniae ora proximisque insulis circuitis, Caprearum secessui quadriduum impendit,

    Suet. Aug. 98:

    tunc, exercitu in Aetoliam promoto, pecunias civitatibus imperat,

    Just. 14, 1, 6; 21, 5, 2; 22, 2, 7; 25, 2, 6.—
    (γ).
    Implying a consequence, then, under these circumstances, hence, accordingly:

    caedere januam saxis, instare ferro, ligna circumdare ignemque circumicere coeperunt. Tunc cives Romani, qui Lampsaci negotiabantur, concurrunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 27, § 69: huc tota Vari conversa acies suos fugere videbat. Tunc Rebilus; Perterritum, inquit, hostem vides;

    quid dubitas, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 34:

    animadversum est, extra consuetudinem longius a vallo esse aciem Pompei progressum. Tunc Caesar apud suos Differendum est iter, inquit, etc.,

    id. ib. 3, 85:

    omnium spe celerius Saguntum oppugnari adlatum est. Tunc relata de integro res ad senatum,

    Liv. 21, 6, 5; cf. id. 9, 30, 10:

    Tisiphoneque Saevit et huc illuc impia turba fugit. Tunc niger in porta serpentum Cerberus ore Stridet,

    Tib. 1, 3, 71:

    apud patres disseruit, nec posse Orientem nisi Germanici sapientia conponi, etc. Tunc decreto patrum permissae Germanico provinciae,

    Tac. A. 2, 43; id. H. 4, 83; Vitr. 2, 8, 14; 2, 9, 16; Just. 39, 3, 11.—Emphatically, = tum vero:

    donec ipse quoque longinquo morbo est implicitus. Tunc adeo fracti simul cum corpore sunt spiritus illi feroces ut, etc.,

    Liv. 1, 31, 6.—And = tum primum:

    multitudo tandem perrumpit ordines hostium. Tunc vinci pertinacia coepta, et averti manipuli quidam,

    Liv. 9, 39, 10. —
    2.
    In enumerations with tum... deinde... postea, etc.
    (α).
    In gen. (postclass.): ante omnia instituit ut e libertorum bonis dextans... cogeretur; deinde ut ingratorum, etc.;

    tunc ut lege majestatis facta omnia... tenerentur,

    Suet. Ner. 32 med.; so,

    tunc... deinde... tunc, etc.,

    Vitr. 1, 6, 12 and 13:

    tunc... tunc... deinde... tunc,

    id. 3, 5, 5 and 6; cf. id. 5, 12, 4; cf. Suet. Oth. 6; Flor. 4, 2, 88.—With tum: terras primum situmque earum quaerit; deinde condicionem maris;

    tunc quidquid inter caelum terrasque interjacet perspicit... tum, peragratis humilioribus, ad summa prorumpit,

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 17 fin.; so Gai Inst. 3, 6, 3.—
    (β).
    Of successive speakers in dialogue (rare):

    tu vero abi, inquit, etc. Tunc Mucius Quandoquidem, inquit, est apud te virtuti honos, etc.,

    Liv. 2, 12, 15:

    apud quem Valerius in hunc modum egit, etc. Tunc Collatinus Quaero inquit, etc.,

    Val. Max. 2, 8, 2.—With tum:

    tunc poeta... inquit, etc. Tum Fronto ita respondit, etc.,

    Gell. 19, 8, 10 and 11; 12, 13, 19; Val. Max. 7, 3, ext. 4.—
    C.
    In co-ordination (very rare).
    1.
    = praeterea, and then:

    (Romulus) hoc consilio fultus... locupletari civis non destitit. Tunc, id quod retinemus hodie magna cum salute rei publicae, auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 9, 15 sq.:

    praeter has, frugalitas et continentia... splendorem illi suum adfunderent. Tunc providentia cum elegantia quantum decoris illi adderent!

    Sen. Ep. 115, 3.—
    2.
    In the connection cum... tunc (v. tum, I. C. 3.):

    vivendum recte est cum propter plurima, tunc est Idcirco, etc.,

    Juv. 9, 118 ( poet. for tum, on account of the foll. vowel).—
    3.
    Vid. tunc etiam, III. B. 7. b.
    II.
    As correlative of dependent clauses.
    A.
    Of temporal clauses with cum.
    1.
    Referring to definite past time.
    a.
    Tunc as antecedent of the clause:

    set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis quom hinc abit?

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 108:

    etiamne in ara tunc sedebant mulieres Quom ad me profectu's ire?

    id. Rud. 3, 6, 8:

    quo damnato tunc, cum judicia fiebant, HS. IV milibus lis aestimata est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 10, § 22:

    etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiscebatur,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 43, §

    111: atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat: vos tunc paruistis cum paruit nemo nisi qui voluit,

    id. Lig. 7, 20: se ita pugnaturos ut Romae pugnaverint in repetenda patria, ut postero die ad Gabios, tunc cum effecerint ne quis hostium, etc., Liv. 6, 28, 9:

    et quod tunc fecimus cum hostem Hannibalem in Italia haberemus, id nunc, pulso Hannibale, cunctamur facere?

    id. 31, 7, 5:

    infelix Dido, nunc te facta impia tangunt? Tunc decuit cum sceptra dabas,

    Verg. A. 4, 597 (Rib. tum; v. Prisc. p. 8, 841 P.):

    prudenter sensit tunc incrementum Romano imperio petendum fuisse cum intra septimum lapidem triumphi quaerebantur,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 10:

    quorum nihil tunc cum diceretur parum aptum fuit,

    Quint. 11, 1, 89; cf. Val. Max. 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 8, ext. 1.—
    b.
    Introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    Of coincident actions:

    cum jam adpropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubie esset... tunc injecta trepidatio,

    Liv. 44, 28, 10.—
    (β).
    = deinde:

    adversus singula quaeque cum respondere haud facile esset, et quereretur... purgaretque se invicem, tunc Papirius, redintegrata ira, virgas et secures expediri jussit,

    Liv. 8, 32, 10:

    divus Caesar cum exercitum habuisset circa Alpes, imperavissetque, etc., tunc qui in eo castello fuerunt... noluerunt imperio parere,

    Vitr. 2, 9, 15:

    cum nuntiatum esset Leonidae a XX milibus hostium summum cacumen teneri, tunc hortatur socios, recedant,

    Just. 2, 11, 5.—
    2.
    Of definite present time, tunc is not found; v. tum.—
    3.
    Referring to indefinite time.
    a.
    As antecedent:

    arbitror, quo nos etiam tunc utimur cum ea dicimus jurati quae comperta habemus,

    Cic. Font. 13, 29 (9, 19):

    tunc obsequatur naturae cum senserit, etc.,

    id. Fragm. Hort. Phil. 75 B. and K.; id. Tusc. 2, 6, 16; id. Verr. 1, 18, 55; 2, 5, 12, § 29: qui tunc vocat me, cum malum librum legi, only... when, never... unless (= tote dê), Cat. 44, 21 Ellis (Mull. tum):

    deum tunc adfuisse cum id evenisset, veteres oratores aiebant,

    Quint. 10, 7, 14:

    tunc est commovendum theatrum cum ventum est ad illud Plodite,

    id. 6, 1, 52; cf. id. 4, 2, 8; 12, 11, 7; Vitr. 2, 9, 3:

    voluptas tunc, cum maxime delectat, exstinguitur,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 7, 4; cf. id. Q. N. 1, prol. 3; 5, 3, 3; 6, 3, 1; id. Ep. 10, 5; 85, 38:

    in tantam quantitatem tenetur quae tunc in peculio fuit cum sententiam dicebat,

    Dig. 5, 1, 15: tunc cum certum esse coeperit neminem ex eo testamento fore heredem, Gai Inst. 3, 13; 4, 71; Dig. 28, 3, 6, § 6; 40, 12, 16, § 2; 40, 7, 34.—
    b.
    Introducing the apodosis:

    cum autem fundamenta ita distantia inter se fuerint constituta, tunc inter ea alia transversa... collocentur,

    Vitr. 1, 5, 7; 2, 1, 6; 2, 3, 2; 2, 5, 2;

    3, 5, 13: cum folia pauca in acumine germinent, tunc maxime serendas ficus,

    Plin. 18, 26, 65, § 245; Just. 41, 2, 9.—
    4.
    Referring to future time:

    ex ceteris autem generibus tunc pecunia expedietur cum legionibus victricibus erunt quae spopondimus persolvenda, Cic. Fragm. Ep. Caes. jun. 1, 8: tunc inter eas fore finem belli dixit cum alterutra urbs in habitum pulveris esset redacta,

    Val. Max. 9, 3, ext. 3:

    poterant videri tunc incohanda cum omnia quae... peregissem,

    Quint. 6, 4, 1; Col. praef. 33; v. infra, III. A. 2. b.—
    B.
    With temporal clauses introduced by ubi (rare).
    1.
    Of definite past time:

    ad quod bellum ubi consules dilectum habere occipiunt, obstare tunc enixe tribuni,

    Liv. 4, 55, 2:

    haec ubi convenerunt, tunc vero Philomelus consuetudinem nocte egrediendi frequentiorem facere,

    id. 25, 8, 9.—
    2.
    Of indefinite time.
    a.
    As antecedent:

    tunc autem est consummata infelicitas, ubi turpia non solum delectant, sed etiam placent,

    Sen. Ep. 39, 6; id. Ben. 2, 3, 3; 2, 17, 3; id. Ep. 89, 19.—
    b.
    In apodosis:

    stillicidia ubi plura coiere et turba vires dedit, tunc fluere et ire dicuntur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 13, 4; 6, 17, 2; 6, 18, 2.—
    C.
    With temporal clauses introduced by postquam (posteaquam); rare.
    1.
    Of definite past time:

    posteaquam ingenuae virgines et ephebi venerunt ad deprecandum, tunc est pollicitus his legibus ut, etc.,

    Vitr. 10, 16, 7 (but in Sall. C. 51, 40 Dietsch reads tum).—
    2.
    Of indefinite time: si vero posteaquam eam destinasses, tunc perierit, etc., Dig 17, 2, 58, § 1.—
    D.
    With temporal clauses introduced by ut (very rare):

    ut vero... casus suorum miseris eluxit, tunc toto littore plangentium gemitus, tunc infelicium matrum ululatus... audiebantur,

    Just. 19, 2, 11.—
    E.
    With temporal clauses introduced by quando (rare).
    1.
    As antecedent:

    tunc quando abiero,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 7, 19 (4, 8, 8): tunc inserentur (cerasi) quando his vel non est, vel desinit gummi effluere, Pall. Oct. 12.—
    2.
    In apodosis:

    quando quodque eorum siderum cursum decorum est adeptum... tunc ex alterius naturae motione transversa... vinci a tardioribus videbantur,

    Cic. Univ. 9.—
    F.
    With temporal clauses introduced by dum (very rare):

    tunc tamen utrumque tolerabile est, dum illi vis sua est,

    Sen. Ep. 83, 21.—
    G.
    With conditional clauses.
    1.
    In gen.
    (α).
    As antecedent:

    consilium istud tunc esset prudens si rationes ad Hispaniensem casum accommodaturi essemus,

    Cic. Att. 10, 8, 2:

    sin autem ventus interpellaverit et... tunc habeat canalem longum pedes quinque, etc.,

    Vitr. 8, 5, 2:

    tunc fidem fallam, tunc inconstantiae crimen audiam si, cum omnia eadem sint quae erant promittente me, non praestitero promissum,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 35, 2.—
    (β).
    In apodosis:

    si se simul cum gloria rei gestae exstinxisset, tunc victorem, quidquid licuerit in magistro equitum, in militibus ausurum,

    Liv. 8, 31, 7:

    quem si inclusit mare, tum ille exitu simul redituque praecluso, volutatur,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 15:

    quod si non illum, sed me peccasse putabis, tunc ego te credam cordis habere nihil,

    Mart. 2, 8, 6: si nullus sit suorum heredum, tunc hereditas pertinet ad adgnatos, Gai Inst. 3, 9:

    si vero dissentiunt, tunc praetoris partes necessariae sunt,

    Dig. 2, 14, 7, § 19; Sen. Q. N. 6, 9, 2; Gai Inst. 3, 205; Dig. 1, 3, 22.—
    2.
    With a supposition contrary to fact:

    audivi te cum alios consolareris: tunc conspexissem, si te ipse consolatus esses,

    Sen. Prov. 4, 5.—
    H.
    After abl. absol. (rare):

    legatis auditis, tunc de bello referre sese Aemilius dixit,

    Liv. 44, 21, 1:

    his ita praeparatis, tunc in rotae modiolo tympanum includatur,

    Vitr. 10, 9 (14), 2.
    III.
    Particular connections.
    A.
    With other particles of time.
    1.
    Jam tunc (rare):

    nisi jam tunc omnia negotia diligentissime confecissem,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 12, 3: bellum jam tunc ab illis geri coeptum cum sibi Phrygiam ademerint, Trog. Pomp. ap. Just. 38, 53:

    At. C. Marius L. Sullam jam tunc, ut praecaventibus fatis, copulatum sibi quaestorem habuit,

    Vell. 2, 12, 1:

    Archilochum Nepos Cornelius tradit, Tullo Hostilio Romae regnante, jam tunc fuisse poematis clarum et nobilem,

    Gell. 17, 21, 8:

    palam jam tunc multae civitates libertatem bello vindicandam fremebant,

    Just. 13, 5, 5. —
    2.
    With demum and denique, not until then, then only, then at last.
    a.
    Tunc demum.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    tunc demum nuntius missus ad tertiam legionem revocandam,

    Liv. 41, 3, 5:

    tunc demum pectora plangi Contigit,

    Ov. H. 11, 91:

    tunc demum intrat tabernaculum,

    Curt. 4, 13, 20:

    tunc demum alia mala (exstiterunt),

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 17, 6:

    (aquilae) primo deponunt, expertaeque pondus, tunc demum abeunt,

    Plin. 10, 3, 4, § 14:

    tunc demum... invidiam quae sibi fieret deprecati sunt,

    Suet. Calig. 9:

    tunc demum ad otium concessit,

    id. Claud. 5.—
    (β).
    With cum clause:

    postero die cum circumsessi aqua arceremur, nec ulla... erumpendi spes esset, tunc demum pacti sumus, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 59, 6:

    et serius cum redisset, tum demum, recepto sospite filio, victoriae tantae gaudium consul sensit,

    id. 44, 44, 3:

    cum ab his oritur, tunc demum ei ratio constat,

    Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.: quos ordine suo tunc demum persequar cum praefaturus fuero, Col. praef. 33; Sen. Ep. 84, 6; id. Q. N. 7, 13, 1.—
    b.
    Tunc denique (very rare): hi dicebantur in eo tempore mathêmatikoi. Exinde ad perspicienda principia naturae procedebant ac tunc denique nominabantur phusikoi, Gell. 1, 9, 7.—
    3.
    Tunc primum:

    quia tunc primum superbiae nobilitatis obviam itum est,

    Sall. J. 5, 2:

    tunc primum circo qui nunc maximus dicitur, designatus locus est,

    Liv. 1, 35, 8:

    eum dolorem ulta est (plebs) tunc primum plebeis quaestoribus creatis,

    id. 4, 54, 2:

    tunc primum equo merere equites coeperunt,

    id. 5, 7, 13:

    lectisternio tunc primum in urbe Romana facto,

    id. 5, 13, 6; Tac. A. 11, 38; Suet. Ner. 17; Just. 8, 5, 1; 11, 10, 2; Jul. Capitol. Anton. Phil. 5; 7.—
    4.
    With deinde (cf.: tum deinde).
    (α).
    Deinde tunc:

    roga bonam mentem, bonam valetudinem animi, deinde tunc corporis,

    Sen. Ep. 10, 4; 74, 23; 117, 1.—
    (β).
    Tunc deinde: primum militiae vinculum est religio et signorum amor, et deserendi nefas; tunc deinde facile cetera [p. 1916] exiguntur, Sen. Ep. 95, 35; 11, 4; Val. Fl. 8, 109; Cels. 4, 15.—So, tunc postea, Vitr. 1, 6, 7.—
    5.
    Tunc tandem:

    simul enim cessit possessione Dii, excitavit hostem, ut tunc tandem sciret recuperanda esse quae prius amissa forent,

    Liv. 44, 8, 4.—
    B.
    With emphatic particles.
    1.
    Tunc vero (or enimvero):

    in turbatos jam hostes equos inmittunt. Tunc vero Celtiberi omnes in fugam effunduntur,

    Liv. 40, 40, 10:

    cunctantem tamen ingens vis morbi adorta est. Tunc enim vero deorum ira admonuit,

    id. 2, 36, 6:

    tunc vero impotentis fortunae species conspici potuit,

    Curt. 3, 11, 23: Tiberioque suspensa semper verba;

    tunc vero nitenti, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 11.—
    2.
    Tunc quidem: et tunc quidem Perseus copias reduxit;

    postero die, etc.,

    Liv. 42, 57, 9:

    tunc quidem sacrificio rite perpetrato, reliquum noctis rediit, etc.,

    Curt. 4, 13, 16; cf. id. 3, 12, 21.—
    3.
    Ne tunc quidem:

    quia ne tunc quidem obsistebatur,

    Front. Strat. 3, 17, 9:

    ac ne tum quidem senatu aut populo appellato,

    Suet. Ner. 41; cf. Just. 27, 3, 6.—
    4.
    Tunc maxime (or tunc cum maxime).
    (α).
    Chiefly at that time, especially then:

    Theophrastus est auctor, in Ponto quosdam amnes crescere tempore aestivo... aut quia tunc maxime in umorem mutabilis terra est, aut quia, etc.,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 26, 2.—
    (β).
    Just then:

    hospitem tunc cum maxime utilia suadentem abstrahi jussit ad capitale supplicium,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    non incidunt causae quae iram lacessant? sed tunc maxime illi oppugnandae manus sunt, Sen. de Ira, 2, 14, 2: sapiens tunc maxime paupertatem meditatur cum in mediis divitiis constitit,

    id. Vit. Beat. 26, 1.—
    5.
    Tunc interea, Gell. 3, 7, 7; v. supra, I. A. 4. a.—
    6.
    Etiam tunc.
    (α).
    Even then:

    experiri etiam tunc volens an ullae sibi reliquae vires essent, etc.,

    Gell. 15, 16, 3.—
    (β).
    Still:

    quam defunctam praetextatus etiam tunc pro rostris laudavit,

    Suet. Calig. 10.— And with cum, Plaut. Rud. 3, 6, 8; v. supra, II. A. 1. a.—
    7.
    Tunc etiam.
    (α).
    Etiam as connective, tum = eo tempore:

    in civitate plena religionum, tunc etiam ob recentem cladem superstitiosis principibus, ut renovarentur auspicia, res ad interregnum redit,

    Liv. 6, 5, 6.—
    (β).
    Poet. for tum etiam, on account of the vowel:

    ultima prona via est, et eget moderamine certo, Tunc etiam... Tethys solet ipsa vereri,

    Ov. M. 2, 68.—
    8.
    Tunc quoque.
    (α).
    Also then:

    irae adversus Vejentes in insequentem annum dilatae sunt. Tunc quoque ne confestim bellum indiceretur religio obstitit,

    Liv. 4, 30, 13; 44, 37, 12: saepe legit flores;

    et tunc quoque forte legebat,

    Ov. M. 4, 315:

    quare et sereno tonat? quia tunc quoque per quassum et scissum aera spiritus prosilit,

    Sen. Q. N. 2, 18:

    cum quidam histriones producti olim, tunc quoque producerentur,

    Suet. Claud. 21:

    tunc quoque in Hyrcaniam remittitur,

    Just. 38, 9, 9.—
    (β).
    Even then:

    tunc quoque cum antiqui illi viri inclite viverent, cura comere capillum fuit,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 17, 7:

    faba vero non antequam trium foliorum. Tunc quoque levi sarculo purgare melius quam fodere,

    Plin. 18, 26, 65, § 241; Suet. Ner. 26; Flor. 1, 7, 12.—With tum demum:

    tametsi ad audiendum pigre coitur. Plerique in stationibus sedent... ac sibi nuntiari jubent an jam recitator intraverit... an ex magna parte evolverit librum: tum demum ac tunc quoque lente cunctanterque veniunt,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 13, 2.—
    (γ).
    = sic quoque, even as it was:

    quin nisi firmata extrema agminis fuissent, ingens in eo saltu accipienda clades fuerit. Tunc quoque ad extremum periculi ventum est,

    Liv. 21, 34, 8.—
    C.
    Tunc temporis (postclass.;

    v. tum, III. E.): ex gente obscura tunc temporis Persarum,

    Just. 1, 4, 4:

    parvae tunc temporis vires Atheniensibus erant,

    id. 3, 6, 6:

    ad abolendam invidiae famam qua insignis praeter ceteros tunc temporis habebatur,

    id. 8, 3, 7:

    erat namque tunc temporis urbs Appulis Brundisium,

    id. 12, 2, 7.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tunc

  • 28 ἄν

    ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,
    A

    εἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2

    , 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.
    A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.
    I WITH INDICATIVE:
    1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,
    a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh.

    καί κε θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4

    . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,

    εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755

    , cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;

    εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3

    .
    c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.
    d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.
    2 with [tense] fut. ind.:
    a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;

    ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80

    ; so in Lyr.,

    μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68

    , cf. I.6(5).59.
    b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,

    σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140

    ;

    οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d

    , cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;

    οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36

    (corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.
    II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future,

    οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις 3.54

    , al.
    III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):
    a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:

    ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28

    ;

    οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b

    :—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.
    b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;

    ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116

    , cf. D.1.26, al.
    c with protasis understood:

    φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269

    ; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447;

    οὐδ' ἂν δικαίως ἐς κακὸν πέσοιμί τι S.Ant. 240

    , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time,

    Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείη Il.5.85

    .
    d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.
    e in questions, expressing a wish:

    τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100

    , cf.A.Ag. 1448;

    πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389

    : hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty,

    τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν Il.4.94

    ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.
    f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.
    g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis:

    ῥεῖα θεός γ' ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαι Od.3.231

    , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,

    θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186

    ;

    τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605

    .
    h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.
    IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,

    τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b

    ) representing ind. or opt.:
    1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.
    2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:
    a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.
    b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.
    3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:
    a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.
    b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.
    4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional,

    ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλα Pl.Ap. 30c

    (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,

    νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8

    , cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.
    I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, once

    εἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288

    , twice

    εἴπερ ἄν 5.224

    , 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.
    2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (

    ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412

    ), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.
    3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,

    σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32

    ;

    ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e

    ;

    μηχανητέον ὅπως ἂν διαφύγῃ Grg. 481a

    (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.

    ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156

    ( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.
    II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.

    εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597

    ),

    εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353

    ; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as in

    ὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81

    .
    2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;

    ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6

    :—similarly after a preceding opt.,

    οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d

    .
    III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:
    1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:

    αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213

    :—so with relat.,

    οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175

    .
    2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,

    εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526

    ; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.
    IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as

    ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56

    ;

    ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136

    (iv A. D.);

    ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19

    ; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.
    C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;

    εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295

    ; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;

    διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b

    : inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.
    D GENERAL REMARKS:
    I POSITION OF ἄν.
    1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; as

    εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281

    -4; rarely by τις, as

    ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14

    :—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, as

    εἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355

    , cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,

    ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45

    ;

    ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420

    : also

    ὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e

    , cf. 850a;

    ὅπου τὸ πάλαι λεγόμενον ἂν γίγνηται 739c

    .
    2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.
    3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;

    οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2

    ; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;

    οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b

    ;

    οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12

    .
    4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,

    ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax

    <*>37.
    II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,

    ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333

    , cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15;

    ἀφανεῖς ἂν ὄντες οὐκ ἂν ὑμνήθημεν ἄν E.Tr. 1244

    , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.
    2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.
    III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι)

    , εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935

    :—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)

    εἰ.. Isoc.10.48

    :—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.
    IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:

    πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049

    : even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,
    A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,

    ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b

    ; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;

    ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4

    : not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.
    ------------------------------------
    ἄν (D), shortened from ἄνα, v. sub ἀνά G.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄν

  • 29 jam

    jam, adv. [for diam, collat. form of diem, cf. pri-dem, du-dum, Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 213; II. p. 850; but acc. to Curt. Gr. Etym. 398, 620; locat. form from pronom. stem ja].
    I.
    Of time, denoting a point or moment of time as coinciding with that of the action, etc., described.
    A.
    Of present time.
    1.
    As opp. to past or future, at this time, now, just now, at present, i. e. while I speak or write this.
    a.
    Jam alone:

    jamne autem, ut soles, deludis?

    Plaut. Aul. 5, 11:

    jam satis credis sobrium esse me,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 36:

    saltus reficit jam roscida luna,

    Verg. G. 3, 337:

    jam tenebris et sole cadente,

    id. ib. 3, 401:

    jamque dies, ni fallor, adest,

    id. A. 5, 49:

    jam advesperascit,

    Ter. And. 3, 4, 2:

    reddere qui voces jam scit puer,

    Hor. A. P. 158: stabat modo consularis, modo septemvir epulonum;

    jam neutrum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 12:

    jam melior, jam, diva, precor,

    Verg. A. 12, 179:

    Hem, scio jam quod vis dicere,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 36:

    in ea (consuetudine) quaedam sunt jura ipsa jam certa propter vetustatem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 22, 67:

    jam tempus agi,

    Verg. A. 5, 638:

    surgere jam tempus,

    Cat. 62, 3.—
    b.
    Strengthened.
    (α).
    By repetition: jam jam, jam jamque (nearly = nunc), at this very time, precisely now:

    jam jam intellego, Crasse, quod dicas,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 24, 90:

    jam jam minime miror te otium perturbare,

    id. Phil. 2, 34, 87:

    jam jam dolet quod egi, jam jamque paenitet,

    Cat. 63, 73:

    jam jam linquo acies,

    Verg. A. 12, 875:

    jam jamque video bellum,

    Cic. Att. 16, 9 fin.:

    at illum ruere nuntiant et jam jamque adesse,

    id. ib. 7, 20, 1; cf.:

    jam mihi, jam possim contentus vivere parvo,

    Tib. 1, 1, 25 (7).—
    (β).
    By nunc: jam nunc, just now, at this very time, as things now are:

    jam nunc irata non es,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 65:

    dux, jam nunc locatus in urbe,

    Liv. 22, 38, 9; Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 127:

    quae cum cogito, jam nunc timeo quidnam, etc.,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 13, 42:

    deliberationis ejus tempus ita jam nunc statui posse, etc.,

    Liv. 31, 32, 3:

    ipsa Venus laetos jam nunc migravit in agros,

    Tib. 2, 3, 3:

    nec jam nunc regina loquor,

    Val. Fl. 8, 47; so,

    nunc jam (nunciam): secede huc nunciam,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 23:

    audi nunciam,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 29:

    i nunciam,

    id. Ad. 2, 1, 21: nunc jam sum expeditus, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 12, 5:

    nunc jam nobis vobisque consulatus patet,

    Liv. 7, 32, 14.—
    (γ).
    By tum:

    jam tum opifices funguntur munere,

    Plin. 11, 21, 24, § 74; Verg. G. 2, 405; id. A. 1, 18.—
    (δ).
    By pridem, v. jampridem.—
    2.
    In contrast with the time at which something was expected.
    a.
    Of that which occurs sooner, already, so soon:

    quies (animos) aut jam exhaustos aut mox exhauriendos, renovavit,

    Liv. 21, 21, 7:

    gravitate valetudinis, qua tamen jam paululum videor levari,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 2, 1; 3, 8, 16:

    jamne ibis,

    are you going so soon, Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 86; id. Rud. 2, 7, 26.—
    b.
    Of that which occurs later, at last, now, only now:

    ohe jam desine deos uxor gratulando obtundere,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 8:

    postulo, Dave, ut redeat jam in viam,

    id. And. 1, 2, 19:

    jamque sero diei subducit ex acie legionem faciendis castris,

    Tac. A. 2, 21:

    jam sanguinis alti vis sibi fecit iter,

    Luc. 2, 214.—Tandem or aliquando is often added:

    jam tandem ades ilico,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 39:

    putamus enim utile esse te aliquando jam rem transigere,

    Cic. Att. 1, 4, 1:

    jam tandem Italiae fugientis prendimus oras,

    Verg. A. 6, 61; Liv. 22, 12, 10.—
    3.
    As continued from the past, already, by this time, ere now, till now, hitherto:

    et apud Graecos quidem jam anni prope quadrigenti sunt, etc.,

    Cic. Or. 51, 171:

    obsolevit jam ista oratio,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 17, 52:

    nondum feminam aequavimus gloriā, et jam nos laudis satietas cepit?

    Curt. 9, 6, 23.—With numerals and words specifying time:

    jam biennium est, cum mecum coepit rem gerere,

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 35; so,

    plus jam anno,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 14:

    sunt duo menses jam,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 8:

    qui septingentos jam annos vivunt, etc.,

    id. Fl. 26, 63:

    annum jam tertium et vicesimum regnat,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; id. Fin. 2, 29, 94.—
    4.
    With imperatives, to express haste or impatience, like Engl. now, now, straightway, at once:

    quid miserum, Aenea, laceras? Jam parce sepulto,

    Verg. A. 3, 41:

    sed jam age, carpe viam,

    id. ib. 6, 629:

    et jam tu... illum adspice contra,

    id. ib. 11, 373.—So in impetuous or passionate questions (freq. in Plaut.):

    Jam tu autem nobis praeturam geris?

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 23; cf. id. Aul. 5, 11; id. Bacch. 2, 2, 25.—
    5.
    Jam... jam, at one time... at another, now... now, at this time... at that:

    jamque eadem digitis jam pectine pulsat eburno,

    Verg. A. 647:

    jamque hos cursu, jam praeterit illos,

    id. ib. 4, 157:

    qui jam contento, jam laxo fune laborat,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 20:

    jam vino quaerens, jam somno fallere curas,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 114:

    jam secundae, jam adversae res, ita erudierant, etc.,

    Liv. 30, 30; Tib. 1, 2, 49; Ov. M. 1, 111.—
    B.
    Of past time.
    1.
    In the time just past, but now, a moment ago, a little while ago, just:

    videamus nunc quam sint praeclare illa his, quae jam posui, consequentia,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 7, 26:

    Arsinoë et jam dicta Memphis,

    Plin. 5, 9, 11, § 61:

    insulae praeter jam dictas,

    id. 3, 26, 30, § 151:

    hiems jam praecipitaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 25, 1:

    domum quam tu jam exaedificatam habebas,

    Cic. Att. 1, 6, 1.—
    2.
    Like English now, by this time, already.
    a.
    Alone:

    jam advesperascebat,

    Liv. 39, 50:

    Hannibalem movisse ex hibernis, et jam Alpes transire,

    id. 27, 39:

    et jam fama volans... domos et moenia complet,

    Verg. A. 11, 139; 12, 582; Caes. B. G. 1, 11; 6, 6:

    jamque rubescebat Aurora,

    Verg. A. 3, 521; 10, 260:

    ut semel inclinavit pugna, jam intolerabilis Romana vis erat,

    Liv. 6, 32:

    cum decimum jam diem graviter ex intestinis laborarem,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 26, 1.—
    b.
    Strengthened.
    (α).
    Jam jamque, Verg. A. 8, 708.—
    (β).
    By tum, as early as that:

    se jam tum gessisse pro cive,

    Cic. Arch. 5, 11; Liv. 29, 1; Verg. 7, 738; Tac. Agr. 45.—
    (γ).
    By tunc (post-Aug.;

    once in Cic.),

    Suet. Aug. 89; id. Ner. 7; Tac. H. 4, 50; Cic. Fam. 3, 12, 3 dub.—
    3.
    Of a time succeeding another time referred to, from that time, thenceforth, thereafter (esp. with a or ab, when it is often = Eng. even, very):

    qui aequom esse censent nos jam a pueris nasci senes,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 2:

    quae me maxime sicuti jam a prima adolescentia delectarunt,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 67:

    benevolentia quae mihi jam a pueritia tua cognita est,

    id. ib. 4, 7, 1:

    dederas enim jam ab adolescentia documenta,

    id. Mil. 8, 22: jam ab illo tempore, cum, etc., from the very time when, etc., id. Fam. 2, 16, 9; cf.:

    urgerent philosophorum greges jam ab illo fonte et capite Socrate,

    id. de Or. 1, 10, 42. —So with ex:

    jam ex quo ipse accepisset regnum,

    ever since, Liv. 42, 11, 8.—
    C.
    Of future time.
    1.
    In the time immediately approaching, forthwith, straightway, directly, presently:

    occlude sis fores ambobus pessulis: jam ego hic ero,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 2, 25:

    ille jam hic aderit,

    id. Ep. 2, 2, 72: omitte;

    jam adero,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 26; cf. id. ib. 4, 6, 1; id. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 4, 38: bono animo es;

    jam argentum ad eam deferes, quod ei es pollicitus,

    id. Heaut. 4, 6, 18:

    facere id ut paratum jam sit,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 76:

    jam fuerit, neque post unquam revocare licebit,

    Lucr. 3, 927:

    jam faciam quod voltis,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 16:

    jam enim aderunt consules ad suas Nonas,

    Cic. Att. 7, 20, 2.—
    2.
    In the time immediately succeeding another time referred to, forthwith, at once, straightway, then:

    nunc ubi me illic non videbit, jam huc recurret,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 10:

    accede ad ignem... jam calesces,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 5:

    nisi puerum tollis, jam ego hunc in mediam viam provolvam,

    id. And. 4, 4, 38:

    de quibus jam dicendi locus erit, cum de senioribus pauca dixero,

    Cic. Brut. 25, 96:

    agedum, dictatorem creemus. Jam hic centicescet furor,

    Liv. 2, 29, 11:

    aperi, inquit, jam scies,

    Petr. 16, 2; cf. Verg. A. 1, 272.—
    3.
    Representing as present an impending event, now, already, presently (mostly poet.):

    jam te premet nox,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 16:

    jam veniet mors, jam subrepet iners aetas,

    Tib. 1, 1, 70:

    jam mare turbari trabibus videbis, jam fervere litora flammis,

    Verg. A. 4, 566; 6, 676:

    alius Latio jam partus Achilles,

    id. ib. 6, 89:

    hic magnae jam locus urbis erit,

    Tib. 2, 5, 55.—
    D.
    With negatives, denoting cessation of previous condition: jam non, no more, no longer:

    quem odisse jam non potestis,

    Cic. Clu. 10, 29; Ov. M. 4, 382:

    non jam,

    not any more, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:

    nihil jam,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 21.—
    E.
    With comparatives:

    ad mitiora jam ingenia,

    which had become milder, Liv. 27. 39:

    ad ferociores jam gentes,

    which then were less civilized, id. 21, 60:

    una jam potior sententia,

    Stat. Th. 2, 368.
    II.
    In other relations.
    A.
    To denote that something will certainly, properly, or easily occur, under certain circumstances.
    1.
    In a conclusion, to emphasize its relation to the condition, then surely, then:

    si cogites, remittas jam me onerare injuriis,

    Ter. And. 5, 1, 6: si quis voluerit animi sui [p. 1012] notionem evolvere, jam se ipse doceat, eum virum bonum esse, Cic. Off. 3, 19, 76:

    si hoc dixissem, jam mihi consuli jure optimo senatus vim intulisset,

    id. Cat. 1, 8, 21; id. Leg. 1, 12, 34; id. Brut. 17, 68:

    si jubeat eo dirigi, jam in portu fore omnem classem,

    Liv. 29, 27, 8.—
    2.
    In a consequence, to show that it is conceived as immediate, now, then, therefore: satis est tibi in te, satis in legibus;

    jam contemni non poteris,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 26, 84:

    jam hoc non potest in te non honorifice esse dictum,

    id. Fam. 5, 2, 2; id. Leg. 2, 24, 60; id. Clu. 16, 46:

    nec hanc solam Romani meretricem colunt... Jam quanta ista immortalitas putanda est,

    Lact. 1, 20, 5:

    Quae cum ita sint, ego jam hinc praedico,

    Liv. 40, 36, 14: conspecta et ex muris ea multitudo erat;

    jamque etiam legionariae cohortes sequebantur,

    id. 10, 43, 1.—
    B.
    In transitions.
    1.
    To a new subject, now, moreover, again, once more then:

    jam de artificiis et quaestibus... haec fere accepimus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 42, 150; Verg. G. 2, 57:

    jam jura legitima ex legibus cognosci oportebit,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 22, 68:

    jam illud senatus consultum, quod eo die factum est, etc.,

    id. Fam. 5, 2, 4:

    jam Saliare Numae carmen qui laudat,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 86. —So with vero:

    jam vero motus animi, sollicitudines aegritudinesque oblivione leniuntur,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 38, 110:

    jam vero virtuti Cn. Pompei quae potest par oratio inveniri?

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 11, 29; 14, 41; id. Off. 3, 13 init. —With at enim:

    at enim jam dicetis virtutem non posse constitui, si ea, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 15, 40 init.
    2.
    In enumerations:

    et aures... itemque nares... jam gustatus... tactus autem,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 56, 141.—So sometimes repeatedly, at one time... at another... at another, jam... jam... jam:

    jam medici, jam apparatus cibi, jam in hoc solum importatum instrumentum balinei nullius non succurrit valetudini,

    Vell. 2, 114, 2; cf. Flor. 2, 17, 8, and I. A. 5. supra.—
    C.
    For emphasis.
    1.
    After non modo... sed ( = adeo), now, even, I may say:

    non cum senatu modo, sed jam cum diis bellum gerere,

    Liv. 21, 63, 6.—
    2.
    Pressing the strict sense of a word or clause, now, precisely, indeed:

    (Hieronymum) quem jam cur Peripateticum appellem, nescio,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 5, 14:

    hoc quidem haud molestum est jam, quod collus collari caret,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 107:

    loquor enim jam non de sapientium, sed de communibus amicitiis,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 77:

    te quoque jam, Thais, ita me di bene ament, amo,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 43:

    imitatio morum alienorum... jam inter leniores affectus numerari potest,

    Quint. 9, 2, 58:

    reliqua jam aequitatis sunt,

    id. 7, 1, 62:

    cetera jam fabulosa,

    Tac. G. 46:

    desine: jam venio moriturus,

    Verg. A. 10, 881.—So esp. with et: et jam (cf. etiam), and indeed, and in fact, et lenitas illa Graecorum et verborum comprehensio, et jam artifex, ut ita dicam, stilus, Cic. Brut. 25, 96:

    pulchriora etiam Polycleti et jam plane perfecta,

    id. ib. 18, 70:

    Pompeium et hortari et orare et jam liberius accusare non desistimus,

    id. Fam. 1, 1, 3; Quint. Decl. 5, 3; Luc. 8, 659; cf.

    jamque,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 9; so,

    jam et: nec deerat Ptolemaeus, jam et sceleris instinctor,

    Tac. H. 1, 23; 1, 22;

    and, ac jam: ac jam, ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 9: jam ergo, in very fact:

    jam ergo aliquis condemnavit,

    Cic. Clu. 41, 113.—
    3.
    In climax, even, indeed, really:

    opus Paniceis, opus Placentinis quoque... jam maritumi omnes milites opus sunt mihi,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 59:

    jam illa quae natura, non litteris, assecuti sunt, neque cum Graecia neque ulla cum gente sunt conferenda,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 2:

    jam in opere quis par Romano miles?

    Liv. 9, 19, 8; Quint. 12, 1, 45; Cic. Rep. 1, 5; Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 83.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > jam

  • 30 πάλαι

    πάλαι adv. denoting past time in contrast to the present (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just.; Tat. 6, 2, Ant. 4, 153).
    pert. to a point of time in the past, long ago, formerly (Philo, Sacr. Abel. 134 πάλαι, νῦν, αὖθις, ἀεί; Jos., Ant. 16, 40 and Just., A I, 14, 2 π. … νῦν) πάλαι ἂν μετενόησαν they would have repented long ago Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13; Hb 1:1. ταῦτα πάλαι ἠκούσαμεν these things we heard long ago 2 Cl 11:2 (prophetic quot. of unknown origin). ἐκεῖνοι οἱ π. ἠρνημένοι those who denied in time past Hs 9, 26, 6. ἄνθρωποι οἱ π. προγεγραμμένοι Jd 4 (mng. 2 is also poss.). αἱ π. ἁμαρτίαι the former sins, sins committed in time past 2 Pt 1:9 (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 124 §521 ὁ πάλαι Καῖσαρ; BGU 747, 9 [II A.D.] οἱ πάλαι στρατιῶται). οἱ π. θεῖοι ἄγγελοι angels who were originally holy Papias (4).
    pert. to a relatively long period of time, looking back fr. the present to a point of time in the past, for a long time (Pla., Phd. 8, 63d; Esth 3:13g; Jos., Ant. 11, 32, Vi. 226; Just., D. 13, 1; 51, 3) πάλαι δοκεῖτε you imagine all along 2 Cor 12:19 (v.l. πάλιν). Perh. Jd 4 (s. 1 above) and Mk 6:47 v.l. (s. 3 below).
    pert. to a point of time within a relatively short time looking back from the present (somewhat longer than the time span suggested by the use of ἤδη, q.v.), already (Appian, Syr. 66, 348) Mk 6:47 v.l. (looks back to the moment of departure.—Mng. 2 is also prob.). εἰ πάλαι ἀπέθανεν (looks back to the moment of crucifixion) whether he was already dead Mk 15:44 (v.l. ἤδη).—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πάλαι

  • 31 ἐπεί

    ἐπεί, Conj., both temporal and causal; also [full] ἐπειδή, [full] ἐπείτε.
    A OF TIME ( ἐπειδή is more freq. in this sense in Prose), after that, since, when, from Hom. downwds.:
    I with Ind.,
    1 of a definite occurrence in past time, mostly c. [tense] aor., ἐπεί π' εὔξαντο after they had prayed, Il.1.458;

    ἐπειδὴ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος καὶ κατέστη Ἀρταξέρξης

    after

    D.

    had died and A. had succeeded, X.An.1.1.3: rarely c. [tense] impf.,

    ἐπειδὴ εἱστιώμεθ' Ar.Nu. 1354

    ;

    ἐ. πόντον εἰσεβάλλομεν E.IT 260

    ;

    ἐ. ἠσθένει Δαρεῖος X.An.1.1.1

    : c. [tense] plpf., ἐπειδὴ ἐξηπάτησθε.. after you had been deceived.., D.18.42; but generally the [tense] aor. is found, the [tense] plpf. being used only for special emphasis: c. [tense] impf. to express an action not yet complete, ἐπεὶ ὑπηντίαζεν ἡ φάλαγξ καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο after the phalanx began to advance and the trumpet had sounded, X.An.6.5.27.
    2 with implied reference to some later time, ἐ. or ἐπειδή, = ἐξ οὗ, from the time when, since, mostly c. [tense] aor.,

    πολλὰ πλάγχθη, ἐ. ἔπερσε Od.1.2

    ; ἐπείτε παρέλαβον τὸν θρόνον, τοῦτο ἐφρόντιζον ever since I came to the throne, I had this in mind, Hdt.7.8.

    ά; ἐπειδήπερ ὑπέστη Th.8.68

    ;

    δέκατον μὲν ἔτος τόδ' ἐ... ἦραν A.Ag. 40

    : sts. c. [tense] pres. (used in [tense] pf. sense) and [tense] pf., ἐ. δὲ φροῦδός ἐστι στρατός since the army is gone, S.Ant.15; ἐπείτε ὑπὸ τῷ Πέρσῃ εἰσί, πεπόνθασι τοιόνδε ever since they have been, now that they are.., Hdt.3.117.
    II with Subj., ἄν being always added in [dialect] Att. Prose, and ἄν or κε generally in Poetry: ἐπεί with ἄν becomes ἐπήν (so in Com., Ar.Lys. 1175,Av. 983), later ἐπάν (q.v.), [dialect] Ion.

    ἐπεάν Schwyzer 800

    (vi B.C.), Hdt.3.153, al.,

    ἐπήν Hp.Fract.6

    , al., and ἐπειδή with ἄν ἐπειδάν (q.v.); Hom. has ἐπεί κε, ἐπήν (once

    ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412

    ):
    1 referring to future time with [tense] fut. apodosis, τέκνα ἄξομεν.. ἐπὴν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν when we shall have taken the city, Il.4.238;

    ἐ. κ' ἀπὸ λαὸς ὄληται 11.764

    . cf. Od.17.23;

    ἐπεάν περ ἡμίονοι τέκωσι, τότε τὸ τεῖχος ἁλώσεσθαι Hdt.3.153

    ; ταῦτ', ἐπειδὰν περὶ τοῦ γένους εἴπω, τότ' ἐρῶ I will speak of this, when I have spoken.., D.57.16, cf. X.An.2.3.29;

    ἐ. ἂν σύ γε πότ μον ἐπίσπῃς Il.6.412

    ; χρὴ δέ, ὅταν μὲν τιθῆσθε τοὺς νόμους,.. σκοπεῖν, ἐπειδὰν δὲ θῆσθε, φυλάττειν whenever you are enacting your laws,.. and after you have enacted them.., D.21.34.
    2 of repeated action, with a [tense] pres. apodosis, whenever, when once,

    δαμνᾷ, ἐ. κε λίπῃ ὀστέα θυμός Od.11.221

    , cf. Il.9.409; ἐπειδὰν ἡ ἐκφορὰ ᾖ.. ἄγουσι whenever the burial takes place they bring, Th.2.34; ἐπειδὰν κρύψωσι γῇ.. λέγει when they have covered them with earth, ibid.: sts. without ἄν or κε in Poets,

    ἐ. ἂρ βλέφαρ' ἀμφικαλύψῃ Od.20.86

    ;

    ἐ. δὴ τόν γε δαμάσσεται.. ὀϊστός Il.11.478

    , cf. S.OC 1225 (lyr.), Ant. 1025.
    3 like A.1.2, δέκα ἡμερῶν ἐπειδὰν δόξῃ within ten days from the passing of the resolution, IG12.88.7.
    III with Opt. (without ἄν):
    1 referring to future time, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τὸ φῶς ἔλθοι, ὁρᾶν οὐδ' ἂν ἓν δύνασθαι (sc. οὐκ οἴει); after he had come into the light.., Pl.R. 516a: Hom. sts. uses ἐπήν with opt. in same sense as ἐπεί, Il.24.227, Od.2.105 (codd.), etc.
    2 more freq. of repeated action, with a past apodosis,

    ἐ. ζεύξειεν.., δησάσκετο Il.24.14

    ;

    ἐπειδὴ δέ τι ἐμφάγοιεν, ἀνίσταντο X.An.4.5.9

    ;

    ἐ. πύθοιτο, ἐπῄνει Id.Cyr.5.3.55

    , cf. Th.8.38, Pl.Phd. 59d, Prt. 315b.
    3 in orat. obliq. after past tenses, representing a subj. in orat. rect., αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπεὶ διαβαίης, ἀπιέναι ἔφησθα (the direct form being ἐπὴν διαβῶ) X.An. 7.2.27, cf. 3.5.18, Cyr.1.4.21; after opt. in a final clause, ἐπορεύοντο,

    ὅπως ἐπειδὴ γένοιντο ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ.. ἴοιεν Th.7.80

    .
    4 by assimilation to opt. in principal clause,

    ἦ τ' ἂν.. νῦν μὲν ἀνώγοιμι πτολεμίζειν.. ἐπὴν τεισαίμεθα λώβην Il.19.208

    ;

    ὃς τὸ καταβρόξειεν ἐπεὶ κρητῆρι μιγείη Od.4.222

    .
    5 ἐπειδάν c. opt. is f.l. in some passages of early authors, as X.Cyr.1.3.11, D.30.6 (c. ind., Plb.13.7.8): found in later Gr., Agath.2.5, al., Zos.5.18.10.
    IV with Inf., only in orat. obliq., ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ σχολὴν σκέψασθαι, κόπτεσθαι (sc. ἔφη) Pl.R. 619c, cf.Smp. 174d, Hdt.4.10, 7.150.
    V with other words:
    1 ἐ. τάχιστα as soon as, freq. separated by a word,

    ἐ. ἦλθε τάχιστα,.. ἀπέδοτο X.An.7.2.6

    ;

    ἐ. δὲ τάχιστα διέβη Id.Cyr.3.3.22

    ;

    ἐ. θᾶττον Arist.Pol. 1284a40

    ;

    ἐ. εὐθέως X.HG3.2.4

    ;

    ἐ... αὐτίκα Pi.N.1.35

    ;

    ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα Pl.Prt. 310c

    , D.27.16;

    ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα Hdt.8.144

    , X.An.3.1.9; rarely

    ἐπειδὴ θᾶττον D.37.41

    ;

    ἐπειδὰν θᾶττον Pl.Prt. 325c

    .
    b

    ἐ. τὰ πρῶτα Il.12.420

    ;

    ἐ. τὸ πρῶτον A.Ag. 1287

    .
    2 with emphatic Particles, ἐπεὶ ἄρα when then, in continuing a narrative, Il.6.426; ἐπεὶ οὖν when then, in resuming a narrative, 1.57, 3.4;

    ἐπεὶ ὦν Hdt.3.9

    ;

    ἐπεὶ γὰρ δή Id.9.90

    , etc.
    B CAUSAL ( ἐπεί more freq. in this sense in early Prose: ἐπειδή whereas is used in preambles of decrees, IG22.103, etc.;

    ἐπειδήπερ

    inasmuch as, Ev. Luc.

    1.1

    ), since, seeing that, freq. from Hom. downwards:
    1 with Ind. (after both present and past tenses),

    ἐ. οὐδὲ ἔοικε Il.1.119

    , cf. 153, 278, Pi.O.4.16, X.Mem.2.3.4;

    ἐπειδή Th.8.80

    ;

    ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις Pl.Prt. 335c

    ;

    νίκη δ' ἐπείπερ ἕσπετ', ἐμπέδως μένοι A.Ag. 854

    ; freq. with past tenses with

    ἄν, ἐπεὶ οὔποτ' ἂν στόλον ἐπλεύσατ' ἄν S.Ph. 1037

    ;

    ἐπεὶ οὔ κεν ἀνιδρωτί γ' ἐτελέσθη Il.15.228

    , cf. D. 18.49; οὐ γὰρ ἂν σθένοντά γε εἷλέν μ'· ἐπεὶ οὐδ' ἂν ὧδ' ἔχοντ' (sc. εἷλεν) S.Ph. 948: esp. in the sense, for otherwise.., Pi.O.9.29, S.OT 433, X.Mem.2.7.14, Herod.2.72, etc.: so c. [tense] fut., ἐξέστω δὲ μηδενὶ.. τεθῆναι.., ἐ. ἀποδώσει.. otherwise he shall pay.., Rev.Et.Anc.4.261 (near Smyrna): c. imper., ἐ. δίδαξον for teach me, S.El. 352, OC 969, cf. OT 390, Ar.V.73, Pl.Grg. 473e: with an interrog., ἐ. πῶς ἂν καλέσειας; for how would you call him? Ar.Nu. 688, cf. Pi.P.7.5, A.Ch. 214, S. Tr. 139 (lyr.);

    ὦ Ἀλκιβιάδη, ἐπειδὴ περὶ τίνος Ἀθηναῖοι διανοοῦνται βουλεύεσθαι, ἀνίστασαι συμβουλεύσων; Pl.Alc.1.106c

    .
    2 c. Opt.,

    ἐ. ἂν μάλα τοι σχεδὸν ἔλθοι Il.9.304

    , cf. S.Aj. 916; so after past tenses on the principle of orat. obliq., ἐπείπερ ἡγήσαιντο since (as they said) they believed, X.Mem.1.4.19.
    3 c. Inf. in orat. obliq.,

    ἐ. γιγνώσκειν γε αὐτά Pl.Prt. 353a

    , cf. Hdt.8.111, Th.2.93.
    4 in elliptical expressions, ἀδύνατός [εἰμι], ἐ. ἐβουλόμην ἂν οἷός τ' εἶναι I am unable (and yet I am sorry), for I should like to have the power, Pl.Prt. 335c; so εἶμι· ἐ. καὶ ταῦτ' ἂν ἴσως οὐκ ἀηδῶς σου ἤκουον ibid. (here the sense may be given by and yet, although, cf. ib. 333c, 317a, Ap. 19e, Smp. 187a, Arist.EN 1121a19); ἐ. ὅ γε ἀποθανὼν πελάτης τις ἦν ἐμός and yet (moreover) the murdered man was my own hired man, Pl. Euthphr.4c.
    b sts. after a voc., where 'listen' may be supplied,

    Ἕκτορ, ἐ. με κατ' αἶσαν ἐνείκεσας Il.3.59

    , cf. 13.68, Od.3.103, 211.
    5 with other Particles, ἐ. ἄρα, ἐ. ἂρ δή since then, Od.17.185; ἐ. γε (

    ἐπεί.. γε Il.1.352

    , Hes. Th. 171), more emphatic than ἐ., since indeed, E.Cyc. 181, Hipp. 955; ἐπειδή γε ib. 946, Pl.Phd. 77d, D.54.29; sts. separated,

    ἐπειδή.. γε S.El. 631

    , Pl.Phd. 87c;

    ἐ. γε δή Hdt.3.9

    , S.Ant. 923,

    ἐπειδή γε καί Th.6.18

    ; ἐ. ἦ since in truth,

    ἐ. ἦ πολὺ φέρτερόν ἐστι Il.1.169

    , cf. 156, Od.9.276; ἐπείπερ (

    ἐ... περ Il.13.447

    , Od.20.181) in Trag. and Prose, A.Ag. 822, S.OC75, Pl.Phd. 114d; ἐπειδήπερ in Com. and Prose, Ar.Ach. 437, 495, Nu. 1412, Th.6.18, Pl.R. 350e; ἐ. τοι since surely, S.OC 433;

    ἐ. νύ τοι Il.1.416

    ;

    ἐ. τοι καί E. Med. 677

    , Pl.R. 567e. [ἐ. sts. begins a verse in Hom., Il.22.379, Od. 4.13, 8.452, 21.25; sts. coalesces by synizesis with οὐ, οὐδέ, etc., S. Ph. 446, 948, etc.]

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπεί

  • 32 भूत _bhūta

    भूत p. p. [भू-क्त]
    1 Become, being, existing.
    -2 Produced, formed.
    -3 Actually being, really happened, true; भूताश्चार्था विरुद्ध्यन्ति देशकालविरोधिताः Rām.5.3.37.
    -4 Right, proper, fit; अभूतेनापवादेन कीर्तीं निपतितामिव Rām. 5.15.34; भूतार्थव्याहृतिः सा हि न स्तुतिः परमेष्ठिनः R.1.33.
    -5 Past, gone.
    -6 Obtained.
    -7 Mixed or joined with.
    -8 Being like, similar, (see भू); मग्नां द्विषच्छद्मनि पङ्कभूते Ki.3.39.
    -तः 1 A son, child.
    -2 An epithet of Śiva.
    -3 The fourteenth day of the dark half of a lunar month (also भूता).
    -4 A great devotee.
    -5 N. of a priest of the gods.
    -6 The dark fortnight of a month (कृष्णपक्ष).
    -7 see भूतगण.
    -तम् 1 Any being (human, divine or even inanimate); इत्थं रतेः किमपि भूतमदृश्यरूपं मन्दीचकार मरणव्यवसायबुद्धिम् Ku.4.45; Pt.2. 87.
    -2 A living being, an animal, a creature; क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.15.16; भूतेषु किं च करुणां बहुली- करोति Bv.1.122; U.4.6.
    -3 A spirit, ghost, an imp, a devil (m. also in these senses); ततो रक्षां महातेजः कुरु भूतविनाशिनीम् Rām.7.66.3.
    -4 An element; (they are five, i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु, and आकाश); तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1.29.
    -5 An actual occurrence, a fact, a matter of fact.
    -6 The past, past time.
    -7 The world.
    -8 Well-being, welfare.
    -9 A symbolical expression for the number 'five'.
    -1 Fitness, propriety.
    -Comp. -अनुकम्पा compassion for all beings; भूतानुकम्पा तव चेत् R.2.48.
    -अनुवादः a mention of established facts, a variety of अर्थवाद (q. v.); भूतानुवादमात्रमनर्थकम् ŚB. on MS.1.2.4.
    -अन्तकः the god of death, Yama.
    -अभिषङ्गः possession by evil spirits.
    -अरिः Asa Fœtida.
    -अर्थः 1 the fact, real fact, true state, truth, reality; आर्ये कथयामि ते भूतार्थम् Ś.1; भूतार्थशोभाह्नियमाणनेत्रा Ku.7.13; कः श्रद्धास्यति भूतार्थं सर्वो मां तुलयिष्यति Mk.3.24.
    -2 an element of life. ˚कथनम्, ˚व्याहृतिः f. a statement of facts; भूतार्थव्याहृतिः सा हि न स्तुतिः परमेष्ठिनः R.1.33.
    -अवमानिन् m. despiser of all; भूतावमानी हैहयश्चार्जुनः Kau. A.1.6.
    -आत्मक a. consisting or composed of the elements.
    -आत्मन् 1 one whose soul is purified.
    -2 composed of the five elements (as the body); cf. Ms.12.12. (-m.)
    1 the individual (as opposed to the Supreme Soul); विद्यातपोभ्यां भूतात्मा बुद्धिर्ज्ञानेन शुद्ध्यति Ms.5.19; विधमिष्यति ते देहे भूतात्मानं चिरोषितम् Rām.6.59. 55.
    -2 an epithet of Brahman.
    -3 of Śiva.
    -4 of Viṣṇu; भूतात्मा भूतभावनः V. Sah.
    -5 an elementary substance.
    -6 the body.
    -7 war, conflict.
    -8 the elementary or vital principle.
    -9 a soul which clings to the elements, a carnal mind; भूतात्मनस्तपोविद्ये बुद्धेर्ज्ञानं विशोधनम् Y.3.34.
    -आदिः 1 the Supreme Spirit.
    -2 an epithet of Ahaṁkāra (in Sāṅkhya phil.).
    -आर्त a. possessed by a devil.
    -आवासः 1 the body.
    -2 an epithet of &Scute;iva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu; वसन्ति त्वयि भूतानि भूतावासस्ततो हरिः Hariv.
    -आविष्ट a. possessed by a devil or evil spirit.
    -आवेशः demoniac possession.
    -इज्यम्, -इज्या making oblations to the Bhūtas.
    -इन्द्रियजयिन् m. a kind of ascetic.
    -इष्टा the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight.
    -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 of Śiva; भूतेशस्य भुजङ्गवल्लिवलयस्रङ्नद्धजूटा जटाः Māl.1.2; भूतेशप्रीति- हेतोः Udb.
    -ईश्वरः an epithet of Śiva; भूयः स भूतेश्वर- पार्श्ववर्ती R.2.46.
    -उन्मादः demoniac possession.
    -उपदेशः a reference to past things or such as already exist.
    -उपसृष्ट, -उपहत a. possessed by a devil.
    -ओदनः a dish of rice (eaten to counteract the influence of demons).
    -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. an epithet of Brahman; सर्वलोकप्रभुर्ब्रह्मा भूतकर्तृ तथर्षयः Rām.2.25.25; ततस्थानाह भूत- कृत् 7.4.12.
    -कला f. a power which produces the five elements; धरादिपञ्चभूतानां निवृत्त्याद्याः कलाः स्मृताः Śāradātilakam.
    -कालः 1 past time.
    -2 (in gram.) the past or preterite time.
    -केशी the holy basil.
    -कोटिः absolute non-entity; Bhddh.
    -क्रान्तिः f. possession by a devil.
    -गणः 1 the collection of created beings.
    -2 the whole class of spirits or devils; प्रेतान् भूतागणांश्चान्ये यजन्ते तामसा जनाः Bg.17.4.
    -गत्या truthfully; तदखिलमिह भूतं भूतगत्या...... अभिलषति स्म N.9.159.
    -गुणः a quality of the elements; शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा भूतगुणाः स्मृताः Śāradātilakam.
    -ग्रस्त possessed by a devil.
    -ग्रामः 1 the whole multitude or aggregate of living beings; U.7; भूतग्रामः स एवायं भूत्वा भूत्वा प्रलीयते Bg.8.19.
    -2 a multitude of spirits.
    -3 the body.
    -घ्नः 1 a kind of birch tree.
    -2 a camel.
    -3 garlic. (
    -घ्नी) the holy basil.
    -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day of the dark half of Kārtika.
    -चारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -चिन्तकः = स्वभाववादिन् q. v.; दैवमित्यपरे विप्राः स्वभावं भूतचिन्तकाः Mb.12.232.19.
    -चिन्तनिकः an adherent to the doctrine that the mind or intellect is produced from material elements.
    -चिन्ता an enquiry into the ele- ments, investigation into their nature.
    -चैतन्यम् intellect- uality of matter.
    -जननी the mother of all beings.
    -जयः victory over the elements.
    -तन्त्रम् the doctrine of spirits.
    -तन्मात्रम् a subtle element.
    -दया compassion towards all beings, universal benevolence.
    -द्रुमः Cordia Latifolia (Mar. भोंकर).
    -द्रुह्, -ध्रुक् a. injurious, mali- cious.
    -धरा, -धात्री, -धारिणी the earth.
    -धात्री sleep.
    -नाथः an epithet of Śiva; तद् भूतनाथानुग नार्हसि त्वम् R.2.58.
    -नायिका an epithet of Durgā.
    -नाशनः 1 the marking-nut plant.
    -2 mustard.
    -3 pepper.
    (-नम्) 1 Asa Fœtida.
    -2 a bead used for rosaries (रुद्राक्ष).
    -निचयः the body.
    -पक्षः the dark fortnight.
    -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ध्यानास्पदं भूतपतेर्विवश Ku.3.43,74.
    -2 of Agni.
    -3 the sacred basil.
    -4 the sky; ज्वलसि यन्निशि भूतपतिं श्रितः N.4.55.
    -पत्री the holy basil.
    -पालः the guardian of living beings.
    -पूर्णिमा the day of full- moon in the month of Āśvina.
    -पूर्वम् ind. formerly. a.
    1 former, ancient, old; पश्यामि च जनस्थानं भूतपूर्वखरा- लयम् U.2.17.
    -2 deceased.
    -प्रकृतिः f. the origin of all beings; यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1 (v. l.).
    -बलिः = भूतयज्ञ q. v.
    -ब्रह्मन् m. a low Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself with the offerings made to an idol; see देवल.
    -भर्तृ a. sustaining all beings; भूतभर्तृ च तज्ज्ञेयं ग्रसिष्णु प्रभविष्णु च Bg.13.16. -m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -भव a. existing in all beings.
    -भव्यम् past and future.
    -भावनः 1 an epithet of Brahman.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -भाविन् a.
    1 creating living beings.
    -भाषा, -भाषितम् the language of devils.
    -भृत् a. sustaining the elements or creatures; भूतभृन्न च भूतस्थो ममात्मा भूतभावनः Bg.9.5.
    -भौतिक a. consisting of the elements.
    -महेश्वरः an epithet of Śiva.
    -मातृ f. an epithet of Gaurī.
    -मातृका the earth.
    -मात्रम्, -त्रा the rudiment of an element.
    -मात्रा f. pl. the coarse and subtile elements; तास्वेव भूतमात्रासु प्रलीयन्ते विभागशः Ms.12.17.
    -यज्ञः an oblation or offering to all created beings, one of the five daily Yajñas to be perfo- rmed by a householder.
    -योनिः the origin of all created beings.
    -रयाः a. a class of gods under the 5th Manu; Bhāg.
    -राज् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -लिपिः a particular magic formula.
    -वर्गः the whole class of spirits.
    -वादिन् a. telling the real fact or truth.
    -वासः the Bibhītaka tree.
    -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विक्रिया 1 epilepsy.
    -2 possession by a devil.
    -विज्ञान, -विद्या demonology (भूतविद्या); Ch. Up.7.1.2.
    -विनायकः a leader of evil beings; Bhāg.
    -विभुः a king; शाहभूविभुः Śāhendra. 2.93.
    -वृक्षः the Bibhītaka tree.
    -वेशी a white flowering Vitex Negundo (Mar. निर्गुडी).
    -शुद्धिः f. purifica- tion of the elements (of the body).
    -संसारः 1 the world of mortals.
    -2 the course of existence; घोरे$स्मिन् भूतसंसारे नित्यं सततयायिनि Ms.1.5.
    -संघः the totality of beings or of the elements.
    -संचारः demoniac possession.
    -संचारिन् m. a forest conflagration.
    -संप्लवः universal deluge or destruction; आभूतसंप्लवस्थानममृतत्वं हि भाषते.
    -समागमः the meeting of mortals; यथा काष्ठं च... समेत्य च व्यपेयातां तद्वद् भूतसमागमः Mb.12.28.36.
    -सर्गः 1 the creation of the world, the class or order of created beings.
    -2 creation of the elements.
    -साक्षिन् m. 'all- seeing', an eye-witness of created beings.
    -साधनी the earth.
    -सूक्ष्मम् a subtle element.
    -सृज् m. an epithet of Brahman; बहुधा गतां जगति भूतसृजा कमनीयतां समभिहृत्य पुरा Ki.6.42.
    -सृष्टिः f.
    1 the illusion effected by the power of Bhūtas.
    -2 the whole class of Bhūtas taken collectively.
    -स्थानम् 1 the abode of living beings.
    -2 the abode of demons.
    -हत्या destruction of living beings.
    -हन्त्री a species of Dūrvā grass.
    -हरः bdellium.
    -हासः a kind of fever.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > भूत _bhūta

  • 33 nunc

    nunc, adv. [Sanscr. nu, nūnam, now; Gr. nu, nun; cf. Lat. num, with demonstr. -ce], now, at present, at this time (prop of that which is present to the speaker or writer).
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    Contrasted with past time (opp. tum, tunc, antea, quondam, aliquando, olim, etc.):

    longe aliam, inquam, praebes nunc atque olim,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 53; Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 4:

    alium esse censes nunc me atque olim,

    id. And. 3, 3, 13:

    omnia, quae sunt conclusa nunc artibus, dispersa quondam fuerunt,

    Cic. de Or 1, 42, 187:

    sed tu illum animum nunc adhibe, quaeso, quo me tum esse oportere censebas,

    id. Fam. 6, 1, 16; Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 24; Verg. A. 6, 776: sed erat tunc excusatio oppressis;

    nunc nulla est,

    Cic. Phil. 7, 5, 14; Liv. 4, 34, 6; 4, 25, 13:

    arx minus aliquanto nunc munita quam antea,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 5, 13: nunc si videtur, hoc;

    illud alias,

    id. Tusc. 1, 11, 23; Liv. 29, 18, 18; Suet. Tib. 29:

    aut nunc... aut aliquando,

    Cic. Mil. 25, 67:

    ante hoc tempus numquam... sed nunc,

    id. Ac. 1, 1, 3.—
    2.
    Contrasted with future time (opp. postea, mox, olim, etc.):

    Cluentio nisi nunc satisfecero, postea satisfaciendi potestas non erit,

    Cic. Clu. 4, 10; Liv. 39, 19, 6:

    deos nunc testes esse, mox fore ultores,

    id. 3, 2, 4; 3, 25, 8:

    qui olim nominabitur, nunc intellegitur,

    Quint. 10, 1, 104; Verg. A. 4, 627; cf. Liv. 40, 15, 4.—
    3.
    Absol. of present time, without suggestion of contrast, = hodie, nostro tempore:

    nunc tibi pater hic est,

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 4, 21:

    Marcellus, qui nunc aedilis curulis est,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57.— With the interrog. ne, in the form nun-cine (for num-ce-ne;

    ante-class.): hem, nuncin demum?

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 59.—
    B.
    Strengthened by demum, denique, primum (v. h. vv.):

    nunc demum intellego,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 6, 62; Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 12:

    nunc demum rescribo his litteris,

    Cic. Att. 16, 3, 1:

    tantum accessit, ut mihi nunc denique amare videar, antea dilexisse,

    id. ib. 14, 17, A, 5; id. Fam. 9, 14, 11; Ov. A. A. 3, 121:

    nunc, quam rem oratum huc veni, primum proloquar,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 50; 2, 2, 63; 2, 2, 52:

    nunc primum hoc aures tuae crimen accipiunt?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 8, § 24; 2, 2, 60, § 147:

    hoc quoque propter tuos ternos denarios nunc primum postulatur,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 25, § 63.—
    C.
    In special phrases.
    1.
    Ut nunc est, as things now are, in the present state of affairs, as matters stand: constitui, ut nunc est, cum exercitu proficisci, Poll. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 31, 17:

    quae (causae) si manebunt... et, ut nunc est, mansurae videntur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 29, 1:

    suaviter, ut nunc est, inquam,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 5.—
    2.
    Qui nunc sunt, the men of this time, those now living, the present age:

    judiciis, qui nunc sunt. hominum,

    Cic. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 15, § 43; Plin. 22, 25, 71, § 147; cf.:

    tace stulta: non tu nunc hominum mores vides?

    of the men of this day, Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 57.—
    3.
    Nunc ipsum, just now, at this very time:

    quin nunc ipsum non dubitabo rem tantam abicere si id erit rectius,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 2; 8, 9, 2; 12, 40, 2:

    nunc tamen ipsum,

    id. ib. 12, 16, 11.—Nunc repeated with emphasis:

    nunc, nunc o liceat crudelem abrumpere vitam,

    Verg. A. 8, 579 (al. nunc o nunc);

    5, 189: nunc, nunc adeste, nunc in hostiles domos Iram vertite,

    Hor. Epod. 5, 53.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    Of past or future time, conceived as present, now, at that time.
    1.
    Of past time:

    id adeo nos nunc factum invenimus,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 46: item Menandri Phasma nunc nuper dedit (Gr. nun arti), Ter. Eun. prol. 9:

    nunc in causā refrixit,

    Cic. Planc. 23, 55:

    quos ego campos antea nitidissimos vidissem, hos ita vastatos nunc videbam, ut, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:

    nunc reus erat apud Crassum,

    id. Att. 2, 24, 4:

    cum eum antea tui similem in dicendo viderim, tum vero nunc... multo videbam similiorem,

    id. Brut. 71, 250:

    incerto nunc etiam exitu victoriae signa intulerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 62, 6; 6, 40, 6: nunc Saliaribus Ornare pul vinar deorum Tempus erat dapibus, Hor C. 1, 37, 2.—Esp. in orat. obliq., where the nunc of direct narration is retained: dixit, nunc demum se voti esse damnatum, Nep Timol. 5, 3; Liv. 3, 19, 8; 3, 40, 10; 8, 33, 18; 8, 34, 3;

    42, 52, 8: nec nunc adulteria objecturum ait,

    Tac. A. 11, 30; cf. Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 14, 35; Krebs, Antibarb. p. 774. —
    2.
    Of future time (rare):

    quis nunc te adibit? Cui videberis bella? Quem nunc amabis?

    Cat. 8, 16 sq.; Just. 8, 2, 10.—
    B.
    Of the state of affairs, the condition of the argument, etc., now, under these circumstances, in view of this.
    1.
    In gen.:

    nunc quoniam hominem generavit et ornavit deus, perspicuum sit, etc.,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 9, 27; Prop. 4, 9, 73:

    vera igitur illa sunt nunc omnia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 33, 106:

    non ego nunc vereor, ne sis mihi vilior istis,

    Prop. 1, 2, 25; Ov. F. 1, 333:

    nunc itaque et versus et cetera ludicra pono,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 10:

    quid nunc?

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 71; id. Aul. 2, 3, 77.—
    2.
    Introducing a fact or conclusion opposed to a previous supposition or thought:

    etiamsi ad vos esset singulos aliquid ex hoc agro perventurum, tamen honestius eum vos universi quam singuli possideretis. Nunc vero cum ad nos nihil pertineat, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 85; id. Tusc. 3, 1, 2; id. Cat. 2, 7, 16; id. Font. 11, 24: si ecastor nunc habeas quod des, alia verba perhibeas;

    nunc quia nihil habes, maledictis te eam ductare postulas,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 36; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 8; Quint. 8, 6, 48; 10, 5, 7; Liv. 21, 40, 3:

    quodsi Mazaeus supervenisset, ingens clades accipi potuit: nunc, dum ille segnis in eo tumulo sedet, etc.,

    Curt. 4, 12, 15.—
    C.
    Nunc... nunc, now... now; at one time, at another; sometimes... sometimes:

    tribuni plebis nunc fraudem, nunc neglegentiam consulum accusabant,

    Liv. 4, 2:

    nunc hac parte, nunc illā,

    id. 34, 13:

    ut nunc in liminibus starent, nunc errabundi domos suas pervagarentur,

    id. 1, 29:

    nunc hos, nunc illos aditus omnemque pererrat Arte locum,

    Verg. A. 5, 441; 5, 189:

    nunc huc, nunc illuc curro,

    Ov. H. 10, 19.—Also thrice repeated:

    nunc ad prima signa, nunc in medium, nunc in ultimo agmine aderat,

    Curt. 7, 3, 17; Just. 4, 1, 4;

    and even five times,

    Sen. Dial. 5 (Ira), 3, 6.—The first nunc is sometimes poetically omitted: pariterque sinistros, Nunc dextros solvere sinus, Verg. A. [p. 1228] 5, 830.—
    b.
    Nunc... mox, Vell. 2, 63.—
    c.
    Nunc... postremo, Liv. 3, 49.—
    d.
    Nunc... modo, Liv. 8, 32; Ov. M. 13, 922.—
    D.
    In forming a climax, but now, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 8:

    quae quidem multo plura evenirent, si ad quietem integri iremus: nunc onusti cibo et vino perturbata et confusa cernimus,

    Cic. Div. 1, 29, 60:

    si haec non ad cives Romanos, si non ad homines, verum ad bestias conqueri vellem, tamen tantā rerum atrocitate commoverentur. Nunc vero cum loquar apud senatores populi Romani, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171:

    si... nunc (vero),

    id. Font. 11, 25; id. Cat. 2, 7, 14; id. Fam. 15, 13, 3: cum aliquid videbatur caveri posse, tum id neglegi dolebam;

    nunc vero, eversis omnibus rebus, etc.,

    id. ib. 6, 21, 1: cum... nunc vero, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 19, 1.—
    E.
    In a transition, to introduce a new subject, in that case, now, then: abi nunc, populi fidem implora, Auct. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 32, 3; Sen. Ben. 5, 12, 3 sq.; 6, 35, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 3, 17; cf. Sall. J. 14, 17; for nunciam, v. jam, I. A. 1. b.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > nunc

  • 34 زمن

    زَمَن \ duration: the time during which sth. lasts: He was put in prison for the duration of the war. time: a period of the past, present or future: in ancient times; in a time of danger. \ See Also مدة (مُدَّة)‏ \ زَمَن الحَرْب \ wartime: time of war. \ زَمَن الصِّبَا \ boyhood: the time when one is a boy. \ الزَّمن الماضي \ past: (with the) past time: I knew him well in the past, but he lives abroad now.

    Arabic-English dictionary > زمن

  • 35 tempo

    m time
    meteorology weather
    tempo libero free time
    a tempo parziale part-time
    a tempo perso in one's spare time
    a tempo pieno full-time
    sports tempi pl supplementari extra time sg, AE overtime sg
    a tempo, in tempo in time
    col tempo in time, eventually
    un tempo once, long ago
    per tempo ( presto) in good time
    ( di buon'ora) early
    non ho tempo I don't have (the) time
    lavora da molto tempo he has been working for a long time
    fa bel/brutto tempo the weather is lovely/nasty
    * * *
    tempo s.m.
    1 time: spazio e tempo, space and time; tempo presente, passato, present, past time; molto, poco tempo, a long, a short time; un breve periodo di tempo, a short period of time; un gran lasso di tempo, a long period of time; un anno di tempo, a year; il tempo passa, vola, time passes (o goes by), flies; il tempo non passa mai, time is hanging a bit heavy; passare, trascorrere il tempo, to spend one's time; col passare del tempo, in time // un tempo, once: un tempo eravamo amici, once we were friends // ( un po' di, qualche) tempo fa, addietro, some time ago; poco, molto tempo prima, shortly, long before; poco, molto tempo dopo, dopo poco, molto tempo, after a short, a long time; fra qualche tempo, in a while // da ( molto), poco tempo, for a long, short time; da quanto tempo non lo vedi?, how long is it since you saw him?; da quanto tempo non ti vedo!, it's a long time since I last saw you!; è tanto tempo che non lo vedo, I haven't seen him for a long time; da tempo immemorabile, from time immemorial // di tempo in tempo, from time to time // a, in tempo, in time; a un tempo, allo, nello stesso tempo, at the same time; a tempo perso, nei ritagli di tempo, in one's spare time; a tempo debito, in tempo utile, in (due) time; a suo tempo, ( prima) some time ago; ( dopo) at the right time; essere a, fare in tempo a fare qlco., to have enough time to do sthg.: è sempre a, in tempo a pagare, he's always in time to pay; non faccio, non sono più a, in tempo a prendere il treno, I haven't got enough time to catch the train; fare qlco. a tempo e luogo, to do sthg. at the right time; in ogni tempo, in every time; in un primo tempo, at first; in un secondo tempo, later on // col tempo, eventually: col tempo imparerai, eventually you'll learn // per tempo, early; ( in anticipo) beforehand // prima del, innanzi, anzi tempo, before time // le ingiurie del tempo, the ravages of time // avere tempo, to have time: avere buon tempo, to have time to waste; non avere ( un briciolo di) tempo, not to have a minute; non ho avuto il tempo materiale di leggerlo, I didn't have the time to read it; non ho neanche avuto il tempo di salutarli, I didn't even have time to say good bye to them; sta' calmo, hai tutto il tempo, keep calm, you've got all the time in the world; ''Quanto manca alla partenza del treno?'' ''C'è tempo'', ''When is the train leaving?'' ''There's plenty of time''; non c'è tempo da perdere, there is no time to waste; perdere, sciupare, buttar via il tempo, to waste one's time; riguadagnare il tempo perduto, to make up for lost time; guadagnar tempo, to gain time; prender tempo, to stall (for time); senza por tempo in mezzo, without delay // dare, lasciare tempo al tempo, to let time pass // ammazzare, ingannare il tempo, to kill time (o to while away the time) // darsi (al) bel tempo, to have a good time // è tempo che tu cambi, it's high time you changed; è tempo di mangiare, di dormire, it's dinner time, it's time for bed (o it's bedtime) // il tempo è un gran medico, time is a great healer; il tempo è galantuomo, (prov.) murder will out; il tempo è denaro, (prov.) time is money; chi ha tempo non aspetti tempo, (prov.) make hay while the sun shines // tempo libero, spare time (o leisure) // tempo morto, idle time (anche inform.) // tempo di lavorazione, di cottura, production, cooking time; tempi tecnici, time requirement; studio dei tempi e metodi, time and motion study; tempi tecnici per perfezionare un contratto, bureaucratic time requirement for the execution of a contract; tempo utile, time limit; tempo reale, real time; sondaggio in tempo reale, survey in real time; tempo pieno, full time: scuola a tempo pieno, full-time school; insegnare a tempo pieno, to teach full time; lavoratore a tempo pieno, full timer; tempo parziale, part-time // (comm.): tempo di consegna, delivery time; tempo di attesa, improduttivo, downtime; tempo di attesa, ( fra carico e scarico) turn-round time; retribuzione a tempo, time wage (s); contratto a tempo determinato, time contract; ( contratto di) locazione a tempo indeterminato, tenancy at will (o sine die); a far tempo da, starting from // (inform.): tempo di esecuzione, operating time; tempo di esecuzione dell'istruzione, instruction time; tempo di messa in funzione, installation time; tempo di posizionamento, seek time; tempo di corretto funzionamento, up time (o uptime); tempo di disponibilità dell'hardware, block time; tempo di addizione, add-on time; tempo di riferimento, time origin; tempo per attivare una comunicazione, call setup time; tempo per attività accessorie, incidental time; tempi di fermo, ( per guasto) downtime; tempi morti, di risposta, think time; tempo di ripresa, makeup time; tempi elementari, digit time; tempi utili, effective time // (astr.): tempo civile, civil time; tempo solare vero, apparent solar day; tempo universale, universal time (o Greenwich time o Greenwich civil time)
    2 ( epoca, età) time: tempi antichi, moderni, ancient, modern times; tempi difficili, hard times; tempo di guerra, di pace, wartime, peace time; tempo della semina, del raccolto, sowing, harvest time; tempo di quaresima, Lent; tempo di esami, period of exams // ai miei tempi, in my time; in questi ultimi tempi, recently (o lately); al tempo dei tempi, in olden days; nella notte dei tempi, in the mists of time // i vecchi tempi, il buon tempo andato, the good, old days; bei, altri tempi!, the good old days!; coi tempi che corrono, as the times go // un documento del tempo, a document of the period // al tempo di Enrico VIII, at the time of Henry VIII; al tempo che Berta filava, (fam.) in times gone by // il più bel film di tutti i tempi, the best film of all time // una bellezza senza tempo, a timeless beauty // i tempi non sono maturi, the time is not ripe // adeguarsi ai tempi, to move with the times // essere all'altezza dei tempi, to be up-to-date; tenersi al passo coi tempi, to keep up (o to move) with the times; essere figlio del proprio tempo, to be the child of one's time; precorrere i tempi, to be ahead of (o to be born before) one's times // aver fatto il proprio tempo, to have had one's day
    3 ( atmosferico) weather [U]: tempo bello, brutto, cattivo, nice (o fine), bad, nasty weather; tempo da lupi, da cani, nasty (o foul) weather; che bel tempo!, what nice weather!; il tempo cambia, regge, si mantiene al bello, the weather is changing, is holding (up); tempo permettendo, weather permitting; previsioni del tempo, weather forecast; carta del tempo, weather map // fare il bello e il cattivo tempo, (fig.) to lay down the law // sentire il tempo, (fam.) to feel the weather // una risposta che lascia il tempo che trova, a feeble reply // rosso di sera bel tempo si spera, (prov.) red sky at night, shepherd's delight
    4 (mus.) time; tempo*; ( parte di composizione musicale) movement; ( misura) measure; ( battuta) beat: tempo di minuetto, tempo di minuetto (o minuet-time); i quattro tempi di una sinfonia, the four movements of a symphony; battere, tenere il tempo, to beat, to keep time; andare a tempo, to go in time; essere a, fuori tempo, to be in, out of time; perdere il tempo, to go out of time; battere in quattro tempi, to beat four to the bar
    5 (gramm.) tense: tempo presente, passato, futuro, present, past, future tense
    6 ( fase, parte) stage, phase, part: l'operazione fu eseguita in due tempi, the operation was performed in two stages; il primo tempo di una partita di calcio, the first half of a football match; il secondo tempo di un film, the second part of a film // tempi supplementari, extra time, (amer.) overtime
    7 (sport) time: tempo di record, record time; far ( registrare) un buon tempo, to record a good time; migliorare il proprio tempo, to improve one's time; corsa contro il tempo, race against time // fuori tempo massimo, after the time limit.
    * * *
    ['tɛmpo]
    sostantivo maschile
    1) time

    con il passare o l'andare del tempo as time goes by, with the passing of time; col tempo ci si abitua you get used to it in o with time; poco tempo prima shortly o some time before; molto, poco tempo fa a long, short time ago; in poco o breve tempo in a short time; per qualche tempo for some time, for (quite) a while; dopo poco, molto tempo shortly, long after(wards); in tempo [partire, fermarsi, finire] in o on time; arrivare appena in tempo to arrive just in time o right on time; non ho più molto tempo I haven't got much time left; abbiamo tutto il tempo we've got (plenty of) time, we have all the time in the world; non ho il tempo materiale o non ho materialmente il tempo di fare there aren't enough hours in the day for me to do; se ne è andato da molto tempo he has been gone for a long time, he left a long time ago; mi ci è voluto o ci ho messo molto tempo it took me much time; richiedere, prendere, portare via molto tempo to take much time; essere nei -i to be o stay within the agreed time; finire qcs. in o per tempo to finish sth. in o on time; lo conosco da molto tempo I've known him for a long time; il teatro non esiste più da molto tempo the theatre is long gone; fare in tempo a fare qcs. to be in time to do sth.; prendere tempo to stall, to temporize, to play a waiting game; al tempo stesso, allo stesso tempo at the same time, simultaneously, at once; battere qcn. sul tempo to beat sb. to the draw, to steal a march on sb., to steal sb.'s thunder; nel più breve tempo possibile — as quickly as possible

    in tempo utile — in time, within the time limit

    fuori tempo limite o utile beyond time limits; a tempo debito duly, at due time, in due course; hai (un minuto di) tempo? — have you got a moment (to spare)?

    3) meteor. weather

    tempo bello, brutto — good o fine, bad weather

    al tempo dei Romani — in Roman times, in the time of the Romans

    a quel tempo — in those days, at that time

    negli ultimi -i — lately, recently

    in tempo di pace, di guerra — in times of peace, war o in peacetime, wartime

    avere fatto il proprio tempo — [ oggetto] to have had one's day

    6) mecc.

    motore a due, quattro -i — two-, four-stroke engine

    7) sport time

    fare o realizzare un buon tempo to get a fast time; migliorare il proprio tempo di un secondo — to knock a second off one's time

    8) ling. (verbale) tense
    9) mus. time, tempo*

    tenere il tempoto stay in o keep time

    andare o essere a tempo, fuori tempo to be in, out of time; battere, segnare il tempo — to beat, mark time

    10) cinem. part, half*

    "fine primo tempo" — "end of part one"

    11) sport half*

    il primo, secondo tempo della partita — the first, second half of the match

    12) (età)
    14) a tempo [bomba, interruttore] time attrib.

    tempo libero — free time, spare time, time off, leisure (time)

    tempo morto — slack moment, idle time

    tempo di posafot. exposure time, shutter speed

    tempo di reazionepsic. reaction time

    ••

    ammazzare o ingannare il tempo to beguile o kill the time, to while away the hours; ogni cosa a suo tempo all in good time; dar tempo al tempo to let things take their course; a tempo e luogo at the proper time and place; nella notte dei -i in the mists of time; stringere i -i to quicken the pace; il tempo è denaro — time is money

    * * *
    tempo
    /'tεmpo/
    sostantivo m.
     1 time; con il passare o l'andare del tempo as time goes by, with the passing of time; col tempo ci si abitua you get used to it in o with time; poco tempo prima shortly o some time before; molto, poco tempo fa a long, short time ago; in poco o breve tempo in a short time; per qualche tempo for some time, for (quite) a while; dopo poco, molto tempo shortly, long after(wards); in tempo [partire, fermarsi, finire] in o on time; arrivare appena in tempo to arrive just in time o right on time; non ho più molto tempo I haven't got much time left; abbiamo tutto il tempo we've got (plenty of) time, we have all the time in the world; non ho il tempo materiale o non ho materialmente il tempo di fare there aren't enough hours in the day for me to do; se ne è andato da molto tempo he has been gone for a long time, he left a long time ago; mi ci è voluto o ci ho messo molto tempo it took me much time; richiedere, prendere, portare via molto tempo to take much time; essere nei -i to be o stay within the agreed time; finire qcs. in o per tempo to finish sth. in o on time; lo conosco da molto tempo I've known him for a long time; il teatro non esiste più da molto tempo the theatre is long gone; fare in tempo a fare qcs. to be in time to do sth.; prendere tempo to stall, to temporize, to play a waiting game; al tempo stesso, allo stesso tempo at the same time, simultaneously, at once; battere qcn. sul tempo to beat sb. to the draw, to steal a march on sb., to steal sb.'s thunder; nel più breve tempo possibile as quickly as possible
     2 (momento) è tempo di partire it's time to leave; in tempo utile in time, within the time limit; fuori tempo limite o utile beyond time limits; a tempo debito duly, at due time, in due course; hai (un minuto di) tempo? have you got a moment (to spare)?
     3 meteor. weather; tempo bello, brutto good o fine, bad weather; che tempo fa? what's the weather like? non si può uscire con questo tempo! you can't go out in this weather! previsioni del tempo weather forecast
     4 (epoca) al tempo dei Romani in Roman times, in the time of the Romans; al tempo in cui in the days when; bei -i! those were the days! ai miei -i in my days o time; a quel tempo in those days, at that time; negli ultimi -i lately, recently; in tempo di pace, di guerra in times of peace, war o in peacetime, wartime; avere fatto il proprio tempo [ oggetto] to have had one's day
     5 (fase) in due -i in two stages; in un secondo tempo subsequently
     6 mecc. motore a due, quattro -i two-, four-stroke engine
     7 sport time; fare o realizzare un buon tempo to get a fast time; migliorare il proprio tempo di un secondo to knock a second off one's time
     8 ling. (verbale) tense; avverbio di tempo adverb of time
     9 mus. time, tempo*; a tempo di valzer in waltz time; tenere il tempo to stay in o keep time; andare o essere a tempo, fuori tempo to be in, out of time; battere, segnare il tempo to beat, mark time
     10 cinem. part, half*; "fine primo tempo" "end of part one"
     11 sport half*; il primo, secondo tempo della partita the first, second half of the match
     12 (età) quanto tempo ha il bambino? how old is the child?
     13 un tempo non corro più veloce come un tempo I can't run as fast as I used to; un tempo era molto famosa she was once very famous
     14 a tempo [bomba, interruttore] time attrib.
     15 per tempo fammelo sapere per tempo let me know beforehand; alzarsi per tempo to get up early
    fare il bello e cattivo tempo to lay down the law; chi ha tempo non aspetti tempo make hay while the sun shines; ammazzare o ingannare il tempo to beguile o kill the time, to while away the hours; ogni cosa a suo tempo all in good time; dar tempo al tempo to let things take their course; a tempo e luogo at the proper time and place; nella notte dei -i in the mists of time; stringere i -i to quicken the pace; il tempo è denaro time is money
    \
    tempo libero free time, spare time, time off, leisure (time); tempo morto slack moment, idle time; tempo pieno full time; tempo di posa fot. exposure time, shutter speed; in tempo reale real time attrib.; tempo di reazione psic. reaction time.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > tempo

  • 36 olim

    ōlim, adv. [ole, olle, ollus or olus, archaic for ille, with locative ending -im, = illo tempore, v. Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 523], lit., at that (sc. remote) time; hence,
    I.
    Of past time, some time ago, once upon a time, once, formerly, in time past, whilom, erst (freq. and class.; syn. quondam): versibu' quos olim Fauni vatesque canebant, Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):

    ut fuit olim Sisyphus,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 46:

    sic enim olim loquebantur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 43, 183:

    olim, vel nuper,

    id. Div. 2, 25, 55;

    so corresp. to hoc tempore,

    id. Fam. 7, 24, 1:

    olim...mox,

    Tac. H. 1, 67:

    ut erant olim,

    Cic. Att. 12, 39, 2; cf.:

    alium esse censes nunc me, atque olim,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Cic. Fam. 15, 20, 2:

    gens olim armis, mox memoriā nominis clara,

    Tac. H. 7, 67:

    fuit olim senex: ei filiae Duae erant,

    there was once an old man, Plaut. Stich. 4, 1, 33.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    From the meaning in times past is derived that of since ever (Germ. von jener), what used to happen, was, is, the old custom; hence, in propositions which state, as the result cf experience, that any thing is wont to take place, at times (only ante-class. and poet.):

    nunc lenonum plus est fere, Quam olim muscarum'st, cum caletur maxime,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 45; cf. id. Mil. 1, 1, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 143; cf. also id. Trin. 2, 4, 123:

    saxum tumidis submersum tunditur olim Fluctibus, etc.,

    Verg. A. 5, 125; id. ib. 8, 391:

    ut pueris olim dant crustula blandi Doctores,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 25 Orell.:

    ut calceus olim, Si pede major erit, subvertet, si minor, uret,

    id. Ep. 1, 10, 42; id. C. 4, 4, 5:

    parentis olim si quis impiā manu Senile guttur fregerit,

    id. Epod. 3, 1:

    ut olim Amisso dubiae rege vagantur apes,

    Ov. F. 3, 555:

    color oris erat, qui frondibus olim Esse solet seris,

    id. ib. 6, 149; id. M. 14, 429:

    an quid est olim homini salute melius?

    ever, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 128:

    vestra meos olim si fistula dicat amores,

    if ever, Verg. E. 10, 34.—
    2.
    Now for a long time, this good while, long ago (mostly post-Aug.;

    not in Cic.): olim non librum in manus sumpsi: olim nescio, quid sit otium,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 9, 1:

    audio quid veteres olim moneatis amici,

    Juv. 6, 346:

    nullas mihi epistulas mittas,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 11, 1:

    provisum erat,

    Tac. A. 13, 15:

    corruptis moribus,

    id. ib. 14, 15:

    olim jam nec perit quicquam mihi nec acquiritur,

    Sen. Ep. 77, 3.—
    II.
    Of the future, one day, on a future day, at a future time, hereafter (rare but class.): audire edepol lubet. St. Primum omnium olim terra quom proscinditur, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 122:

    utinam coram tecum olim, potius quam per epistulas!

    Cic. Att. 11, 4, 1:

    exoriare aliquis ultor...Nunc, olim, quocumque dabunt se tempore vires,

    Verg. A. 4, 625; cf.:

    non si male nunc et olim Sic erit,

    Hor. C. 2, 10, 17:

    forsan et haec olim meminisse juvabit,

    Verg. A. 1, 203:

    numquid ego illi Imprudens olim faciam simile?

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 137:

    vir nominabitur,

    Quint. 10, 1, 104.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > olim

  • 37 अतीत _atīta

    अतीत p. p. [इ-क्त.]
    1 Gone beyond, crossed.
    -2 (Used actively) (a) exceeding, going beyond, avoiding, overstepping, having passed over or neglected &c., with acc. or in comp.; परिच्छेदातीतः Māl.1.3 beyond or past definition; संख्यामतीत or संख्यातीत beyond enumeration, innumerable; तामतीतस्य ते Me.29; यमुनामतीतमथ शुश्रुवानमुम् Śi.13.1; वयोतीतः Ki.11. 2 past youth, advanced in years; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25; कैर्लिङ्गैस्त्रीन् गुणानेतानतीतो भवति प्रभो 14.21; बाणपथमतीतः क्रव्यभोजनः V.5 gone beyond the reach of arrows, past bowshot; अतीतनौके$तिनु Ak. who has left the boat, i.e. landed, disembarked. -(b) Gone by, passed away, past (as time &c.); अतीते निशान्ते Dk.11; असन्निवृत्त्यै तदतीतमेव Ś.6.1; ˚अनागत- वर्तमानवेदिना Pt.1; अतीते वर्षुके काले Bk.7.18; ˚शैशवाः Ms. 8.27; अतीते कार्यशेषज्ञः शत्रुभिर्नाभिभूयते Ms.7.179; ˚लाभस्य च रक्षणार्थम् Pt.2.182 of past gains; वेत्ति जन्मान्तराण्यतीतानि K.46. -(c) Dead, deceased; सब्रह्मचारिण्येकाहमतीते क्षपणं स्मृतम् Ms.5.71; अप्रजायामतीतायां भर्तुरेव तदिष्यते 9.196,197.
    -तम् The past, past time.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अतीत _atīta

  • 38 πρίν

    πρίν, Adv. and Conj.,
    A before, until.

    [πρῐν 19

    times in Hom., Il.2.344, al.; πρῑν in Il.6.81, 13.172, al.; once written [full] πρείν, Leg.Gort.7.40, but [full] πρίν IG12.60.11, 94.9, 114.46, etc.; Trag. and Com. always πρῐν ( πρίν γ' must be read in Ar.Ach. 176).]
    A Adv. of Time, before, either in the sense of sooner or in that of formerly, erst (implying duration up to a certain time):
    I of future time, with [tense] fut. Indic.,

    πρίν μιν καὶ γῆρας ἔπεισιν Il.1.29

    , cf. 18.283, Od.2.198, etc.: with Subj. = [tense] fut.,

    πρὶν καὶ κακὸν ἄλλο πάθῃσθα Il.24.551

    : with Opt. and κεν

    , πρίν κεν ἀνιηθεὶς σὴν πατρίδα γαῖαν ἵκοιο Od.3.117

    , cf. 11.330, 14.155, Ar. Pax 1076, 1112: with Opt., Il. 24.800: with Imper., 9.250: with Inf. (expressing a wish), 2.413, (expressing an oath) Od.4.254.
    II of past time,
    1 formerly, once,

    πρὶν μέν μοι ὑπέσχετο.., νῦν δὲ.. Il.2.112

    , v.l. in 9.19, cf. 23.827;

    πρὶν μὲν πόσιν ἐσθλὸν ἀπώλεσα Od.4.724

    , cf. 3.408.
    2 formerly (up to a certain point), before, in this sense freq. with Art.,

    τὸ πρίν γ' ἐκέκαστο Il.5.54

    ;

    τὸ πρίν γε.., νῦν δὲ.. 13.105

    ;

    νῦν δὲ.. τὸ πρίν γε 16.208

    , cf. A.Pr. 443, Hdt.1.129: without Art.,

    τὰς ἐπιστήμας ἅς ποτε καὶ π. εἴχομεν Pl.Phd. 75e

    : with ellipsis of part. γενόμενος, τὰ π. πελώρια (sc. γενόμενα ) the giants of old, A.Pr. 151 (lyr.); τοῦ π. Αἰγέως Aegeus gone before, S.OC69;

    ἐν τῷ π. χρόνῳ Id.Ph. 1224

    ;

    ἐν τοῖς π. λόγοις Th.2.62

    : with part. expressed,

    τὸ π. γενόμενον τέρας Hdt.8.37

    ;

    τοὺς πρὶν φυλαττομένους Pl.R. 547c

    , etc.
    3 hitherto,

    π. μέν.. B.12.114

    ; until that time, and so meanwhile, Id.15.13.
    4 sts. folld. by gen.,

    π. ὥρας Pi.P.4.43

    ;

    π. ἀνηκέστου πάθους J.BJ1.6.1

    ;

    π. γενέσεως Thd.Su.42

    ;

    π. τῆς συνόδου S.E.M.9.371

    ;

    π. φάους Arr.An. 3.18.6

    ; π. τοῦ βλέψαι, π. τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν, S.E.P.7.162, v.l. in LXX To. 14.15; also πρὶν οὗ c. inf., SIG953.16 (Calymna, ii B.C.); c. indic., Test. ap. D.46.21.
    B Conj. before, ere: freq. following an antecedent clause with adverbial π. (chiefly in [dialect] Ep.), or its equivalents πρότερον, πρόσθεν, πάρος (poet.), esp. with negat.,

    οὐδὲ π..., π... Il.1.98

    ,7.481, Od.19.475;

    μὴ π..., π... Il.2.355

    , E.HF 605;

    π..., π... Il.2.348

    , 8.453, Od.19.586;

    οὐ πρότερον.., π... Ar.Ec. 620

    , And.4.17, D.9.61;

    μὴ πρότερον.. π... S.Ph. 199

    (anap.), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.1.10;

    πρότερον.., π... And.4.1

    , X.Cyr.5.2.9;

    οὐ πρόσθεν.., π... Od. 17.9

    , X.Cyr.1.4.23;

    μὴ πρόσθεν.., π... Id.An.1.1.10

    ;

    πρόσθε., π. τυχεῖν Pi.P.2.92

    ;

    οὐ πάρος.., π... Od.2.128

    , Il.5.219; preceded by φθάνω, 16.322, Antipho 1.29, Th.4.79, 104, 6.97, 8.12, X.An.4.1.21, Cyr.2.4.25; sts. folld. by

    ἤ, οὐ.. πρίν γ' ἀποπαύσεσθαι πρίν γ' ἢ ἕτερόν γε πεσόντα αἵματος ἆσαι Ἄρηα Il.5.288

    , cf. 22.266, Hdt.1.136, 165, al.; dub. and perh. always corrupt in [dialect] Att. and X., Th.5.61, Lys.6.11, Isoc.4.19 (v.l.), Lycurg.128, Aeschin.2.132 (v.l.), X.Cyr.1.4.23, An. 4.5.1, but freq. in later Greek, LXX Ge.29.26, etc.
    I c. inf., the prevailing constr. in Hom., after positive and negative clauses alike: in [dialect] Att. mostly after positive clauses, and always used with them when the action does not or is not to take place: the tense is,
    I regularly [tense] aor.,
    a after a positive clause,

    ναῖε δὲ Πήδαιον, πρὶν ἐλθεῖν υἷας Ἀχαιῶν Il.13.172

    , cf. 8.453, 16.322, Od.1.210;

    Ζεὺς ὀλέσειε βίην, πρὶν ἥβης μέτρον ἱκέσθαι 4.668

    , cf. Il.6.465, 24.245, Pi.P.2.92.3.9, N.8.19, Hdt.6.119, A.Pers. 712, Ag. 1539 (anap.). S.Ant. 120 (lyr.), Tr. 396, E.Alc. 281, Ar.Eq. 258, al., Antipho 5.67, Th.1.125, X.An.4.1.7, Pl.Prt. 350b, al.; after negat. questions which expect a posit. answer, E.Andr. 1069, Ion 524, Rh. 684, Ar.Ra. 481, etc.
    b after a negat. clause,

    οὐδ' ὅ γε πρὶν Δαναοῖσιν ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἀπώσει, πρίν γ' ἀπὸ πατρὶ φίλῳ δόμεναι ἑλικώπιδα κούρην Il.1.98

    , cf. 19.423, Od.2.128, 4.747 : after Hom. a negat. antecedent is commonly folld. by πρίν with finite Verb (v. infr. 11); but Inf. is found where π. precedes,

    π. ἰδεῖν δ', οὐδεὶς μάντις S.Aj. 1419

    (anap.);

    π. μὲν γὰρ κριθῆναι, οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἦν εἰδέναι τὰς αἰτίας And.4.8

    ;

    π. νικῆσαι.., οὐκ ἦν.. Lys.19.28

    ;

    π. δὲ ταῦτα πρᾶξαι, μὴ σκοπεῖτε D.3.12

    , cf. Lycurg. 135; also,

    οὔτε.. π. ἱδρῶσαι δεῖπνον ᾑρεῖτο X.Cyr.8.1.38

    ; also after Verbs of fearing (the positive being the thing dreaded),

    ὅταν.. δεδίωσι μὴ πρότερόν τι μάθῃς, π. τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι τοῖς πραττομένοις Isoc.5.70

    , cf. E.Fr.453.6, S.Tr. 632; in unfulfilled conditions and wishes,

    οὔθ' ὁ Πλούτωνος κύων οὔθ' οὑπὶ κώπῃ ψυχοπομπὸς ἂν Χάρων ἔσχον π. εἰς φῶς σὸν καταστῆσαι βίον E.Alc. 362

    , cf. Rh.61; otherwise not common,

    ὤφθην οὐδεπώποτε π. ταύτην τὴν συμφορὰν γενέσθαι Lys.19.55

    ;

    οὐδὲ παύσεται χόλου.., π. κατασκῆψαί τινα E.Med.94

    , cf. HF 605;

    καί μοι μὴ θορυβήσῃ μηδεὶς π. ἀκοῦσαι D.5.15

    , cf. X.Oec.4.24: after neg. opt. with ἄν, οὕτω γένοιτ' ἂν οὐδ' ἂν ἔκβασις στρατοῦ καλή, π. ὅρμῳ ναῦν θρασυνθῆναι a.Supp.772, cf. Pl.Lg. 769e: after a past tense (in orat. obliq.),

    ὤμοσαν μὴ π. ἐς Φώκαιαν ἥξειν, π. ἢ τὸν μύδρον τοῦτον ἀναφανῆναι Hdt.1.165

    , cf. 4.9, Th. 7.50, X.HG6.5.23, Pl.Phd. 61a.
    2 also [tense] pres., to convey a special sense of continuance, effort, or the like , 'before undertaking to', 'before proceeding to',

    π. ἐξοπλίζειν Ἄρη A.Supp. 702

    (lyr.), cf. Ag. 1067;

    π. νυν τὰ πλείον' ἱστορεῖν.., ἔξελθε S.OC36

    , cf. El.20;

    π. κλαίειν τινά E.Andr. 577

    , cf. Or. 1095;

    π. λέγειν Ar.Th. 380

    , cf. Ach. 383, Hdt. 8.3, And.4.1, Th.3.24, Pl.Lg. 666a, X.Cyr.2.4.25, Mem.1.2.40, etc.
    3 also [tense] perf., after a [tense] fut.,

    π. τόδ' ἐξηντληκέναι E.Med.79

    ; after [tense] pres. or [tense] impf., Id.El. 1069, cf. Hdt.3.25;

    π..., τί μέλλετ'.. ; E.Ph. 1145

    ;

    π. καὶ τεθύσθαι Ar.Av. 1034

    , cf. V. 1156, Pax 375, Lys. 322 (lyr.), Ra. 1185, X. An.4.1.21, Pl.Tht. 164c, Prt. 320a, etc.; with ἥκειν in [tense] pf. sense, Hdt.6.116;

    οὐ βουλόμενος διαγωνίσασθαι π. οἱ τοὺς βοηθοὺς ἥκειν Th.5.10

    .
    II with a finite Verb:
    1 with Ind., chiefly [tense] aor.: not in Hom. (first in h.Ap. 357), who uses Ind. only with πρίν γ' ὅτε, πρίν γ' ὅτε δή, after both posit. and neg. clauses,

    ἠλώμην.., πρίν γ' ὅτε.. ἤγαγες Od.13.322

    ;

    πρίν γ' ὅτε δή με.. κάλεσσεν 23.43

    , cf. Il.12.437;

    οὐδέ κεν ἡμέας ἄλλο διέκρινεν.., πρίν γ' ὅτε δὴ θανάτοιο.. νέφος ἀμφεκάλυψεν Od.4.180

    : rarely with [tense] impf., οὐδ' ὧς τοῦ θυμὸν.. ἔπειθον, πρίν γ' ὅτε δὴ θάλαμος πύκ' ἐβάλλετο ( began to be hit) Il.9.588: freq. after Hom., with [tense] aor.,
    a after neg. clauses: of a fact in the past,

    οὐκ ἦν ἀλέξημ' οὐδὲν.., πρίν γ' ἐγώ σφισιν ἔδειξα A.Pr. 481

    ;

    οὐ πρότερον ἀπανέστη.. Μαρδόνιος, πρὶν ἤ σφεας ὑποχειρίους ἐποιήσατο Hdt.6.45

    ; ἀλλ' οὐδ' ὣς.. ἠξίωσαν νεώτερόν τι ποιεῖν ἐς αὐτο'ν.., πρίν γε δὴ αὐτοῖς.. μηνυτὴς γίγνεται (histor. [tense] pres. = [tense] aor.) Th.1.132, cf. 3.101, 5.61, Hdt.6.79, Ar.Av. 700, X.Cyr.1.4.23,4.5.13 (histor. [tense] pres.), HG5.4.58, etc.; once in Pl., Phdr. 266a; as part of an unfulfilled condition,

    οὐκ ἂν κατέσχε δῆμον οὐδ' ἐπαύσατο π. ἀνταράξας πῖαρ ἐξεῖλεν γάλα Sol.

    ap. Arist.Ath.12.5;

    οὐκ ἂν ἐσκεψάμεθα πρότερον.., πρὶν ἐζητήσαμεν Pl.Men. 86d

    , cf. Tht. 165e;

    χρῆν τοίνυν Αεπτίνην μὴ πρότερον τιθέναι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ νόμον, πρὶν τοῦτον ἔλυσε γραψάμενος D.20.96

    ; after verbs implying a neg.,

    ἀμφιγνοεῖν X.An.2.5.33

    ,

    θαυμάζειν Th.1.51

    ,

    λανθάνειν Id.3.29

    ; also with [tense] impf.,

    οὔπω ᾔδει.. π. ἐν τῷ κακῷ ἦν Antipho 1.19

    , cf. And.4.17, D.9.61.
    b after posit. clauses (both combined, A.Pr. 481, Th.1.118), with the sense until,

    ἠγόμην δ' ἀνὴρ ἀστῶν μέγιστος.., πρίν μοι τύχη τοιάδ' ἐπέστη S.OT 776

    ; σπουδαὶ δὲ λόγων ἦσαν ἴσαι πως, πρὶν.. πείθει (histor. [tense] pres.) E. Hec. 131 (anap.);

    πρίν γ' ὁρᾷ Id.Med. 1173

    ; freq. folld. by

    δή, π. δή τις ἐφθέγξατο Id.Andr. 1147

    ; τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἀγῶνας κατελύθη (neg. idea)

    ὑπὸ ξυμφορῶν, πρὶν δὴ οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι τότε τὸν ἀγῶνα ἐποίησαν Th.3.104

    , cf.7.39 (histor. [tense] pres.), 71.
    2 with Subj. only after negs. or equiv. of neg., = ἕως or ἢν μή (in Isoc.4.173 ἢν μή and πρὶν ἄν are used almost as synonyms);

    οὐ καταδυσόμεθ', ἀχνύμενοί περ.., πρὶν μόρσιμον ἦμαρ ἐπέλθῃ Od.10.175

    ;

    μή πω καταδύσεο.., πρίν γ' ἐμὲ.. ἴδηαι Il.18.135

    , cf. 190, 24.781;

    ἀλλ' ὄμοσον μὴ μητρὶ φίλῃ τάδε μυθήσασθαι, πρίν γ' ὅτ' ἂν ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε γένηται Od.2.374

    , cf. 4.477: in Prose usu. πρὶν ἄν (

    πρίν κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.161

    ([place name] Cyrene)), rarely π. alone, as also πρὶν ἤ:
    a generally with [tense] aor., to express an action preceding the action of the anteced. clause, the Verb in which is [tense] fut. (or some equiv. of the [tense] fut.) or imper.,

    οὐ γαμέεται παρθένος οὐδεμία, πρὶν ἂν τῶν πολεμίων ἄνδρα ἀποκτείνῃ Hdt.4.117

    , cf. 1.82 (v.l.), 3.109 (v.l.); νῦν δ' οὐδέν ἐστι τέρμα μοι προκείμενον μόχθων (the sense here is [tense] fut.),

    πρὶν ἂν Ζεὺς ἐκπέσῃ τυραννίδος A.Pr. 756

    , cf. 166 (lyr.), 177 (anap.);

    οὐ γάρ ποτ' ἔξει τῆσδε τῆς χώρας, πρὶν ἂν.. στήσῃς ἄγων S.OC 909

    , cf. 48, 1041, OT 1529, etc.;

    οὐκ ἂν ἐκμάθοις.., πρὶν ἂν θάνῃ τις Id.Tr.2

    ;

    οὐκ ἄπειμι πρὸς δόμους πάλιν, πρὶν ἄν σε.. ἔξω βάλω E.Med. 276

    , cf. 680, Alc. 1145, IA 324, IT19, 1302;

    μὴ προκαταγίγνωσκε.., π. ἄν γ' ἀκούσῃς ἀμφοτέρων Ar.V. 920

    , cf. Ach. 176, 230, X.Hier.6.13, Cyr.1.2.8, An.1. 1.10, 5.7.12, Pl.Phdr. 228c, La. 187e (ἂν added in later codd.), etc.;

    μηδέν' ὀλβίζειν π. ἀ'ν τέρμα τοῦ βίου περάσῃ S.OT 1529

    (troch.);

    οὐχὶ μὴ παύσησθε, π. ἄν.. ὑμᾶς τις ἐκτραχηλίσῃ Ar.Lys. 704

    : π. without

    ἄν, μὴ στέναζε, π. μάθῃς S.Ph. 917

    , cf. Ant. 619 (lyr.), Aj. 742, 965, Tr. 608, 946;

    οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις αὐτὸν ἐξαιρήσεται.., π. γυναῖκ' ἐμοὶ μεθῇ E.Alc. 849

    , cf. Or. 1218, 1357 (lyr.);

    π. χαρίσωνται Ar.Ec. 629

    (s.v.l.);

    οὐ γὰρ δή σφεας ἀπίει τῆς ἀποικίης, πρὶν δὴ ἀπίκωνται Hdt.4.157

    ;

    π. διαγνῶσι Th.6.29

    ; π... βεβαιωσώμεθα ib.10 (dub.l.);

    πρὶν ἀνάγκην τινὰ θεὸς ἐπιπέμψῃ Pl.Phd. 62c

    codd.;

    π. ἐξετάσωσιν Hyp.Eux.4

    : πρὶν ἤ (never with ἄν)

    , π. ἢ ἀνορθώσωσι Hdt.1.19

    , cf. 136, Pl.Ti. 57b, etc.: with neg. implied,

    ὁ δὲ ἀδικέει ἀναπειθόμενος π. ἢ ἀτρεκέως ἐκμάθῃ Hdt.7.10

    .

    ή; αἰσχρὸν ἡγοῦμαι πρότερον παύσασθαι, π. ἂν.. ψηφίσησθε Lys. 22.4

    ;

    ὅστις οὖν οἴεται τοὺς ἄλλους πράξειν τι.., π. ἂν.. διαλλάξῃ, λίαν ἁπλῶς ἔχει Isoc.4.16

    (where ὅστις οὖν οἴεται = οὐ δεῖ οὔεσθαι, as is shown by ἀλλὰ δεῖ in the next sentence, cf. D.38.24).
    b less freq. (never in Hom.) with [tense] pres. subj.: μήπω π. ἂν τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀΐῃς (the Verb has no [tense] aor.)

    μύθων S.Ph. 1409

    (anap.);

    ὁ νομοθέτης τὰ διδασκαλεῖα ἀνοίγειν ἀπαγορεύει μὴ πρότερον π. ἂν ὁ ἥλιος ἀνίσχῃ Aeschin.1.10

    , cf. Antipho 1.29, X.Cyr.2.2.8, Pl.Phdr. 271c.
    3 πρίν with Opt.:
    a representing subj. after histor. tenses,

    οὐκ ἔθελεν φεύγειν π. πειρήσαιτ' Ἀχιλῆος Il.21.580

    ; πρίν γ' ὅτε, as with subj., 9.488;

    ἔδοξέ μοι μὴ σῖγα π. φράσαιμί σοι τὸν πλοῦν ποεῖσθαι S. Ph. 551

    , cf. Th.3.22, X.Cyr.1.4.14, HG6.5.19 (cf. 2.4.18), An.1.2.2, Pl.Ap. 36c, etc.
    b by assimilation,

    ὄλοιο μήπω π. μάθοιμι S.Ph. 961

    , cf. Tr. 657 (lyr.); οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰδείης (potential opt.)..

    π. πειρηθείης Thgn.126

    ; after opt. with

    ἄν, οὐκ ἂν πρότερον ὁρμήσειε π. βεβαιώσαιτο Pl.Lg. 799d

    , cf. S.OT 505 (lyr.).
    4 π. ἄν c. opt. is doubtful, and (if not corrupt) due to the change required by orat. obl.,

    ἀπαγορευόντων τῶν φίλων τῶν ἐμῶν μὴ ἀποκτείνειν τὸν ἄνδρα, πρὶν ἄν ἐγὼ ἔλθοιμι Antipho 5.34

    (s.v.l.), cf. X.HG2.3.48, 2.4.18.
    5 without a Verb, πρὶν ὥρη (sc. γένηται) Od.15.394.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρίν

  • 39 ἔωρτο

    A v. ἀείρω. [full] ἕως (A) , [dialect] Att. form of the [dialect] Ion. ἠώς (q. v.).
    ------------------------------------
    ἕως (B), [dialect] Ep. [full] εἵως, [full] ἧος (v. sub fin.), [dialect] Dor. [full] ἇς, [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἆς (qq.v.), [dialect] Boeot. [full] ἇς IG7.3303, al., and [full] ἅως ib.2228, 3315.
    A Relat. Particle, expressing the point of Time up to which an action goes, with reference to the end of the action, until, till; or to its continuance, while:
    I until, till,
    1 with Ind., of a fact in past time,

    θῦνε διὰ προμάχων, ἧος φίλον ὤλεσε θυμόν Il.11.342

    , cf. Od.5.123;

    ἕ. ἀπώλεσέν τε καὐτὸς ἐξαπώλετο S.Fr. 236

    , cf. A.Pers. 428, Pl.Chrm. 155c, etc.; for

    πρίν, μὴ πρότερον ἀπελθεῖν ἕως ἀποκατέστησε τὰ πράγματα D.S.27.4

    : with [tense] impf. with ἄν in apodosi, of an unaccomplished action, ἡδέως ἂν Καλλικλεῖ διελεγόμην, ἕ. ἀπέδωκα I would have gone on conversing till I had.., Pl.Grg. 506b, cf.Cra. 396c.
    2 ἕ. ἄν or κε with Subj. (mostly of [tense] aor.), of an event at an uncertain future time, μαχήσομαι.. ἧός κε τέλος πολέμοιο κιχείω till I find, Il.3.291, cf. 24.183, A.Pr. 810, etc.: ἄν is sts. omitted in Trag.,

    ἕ. μάθῃς S.Aj. 555

    ;

    ἕ. κληθῇ Id.Tr. 148

    ;

    ἕ. ἀνῇ τὸ πῆμα Id.Ph. 764

    : so freq. in later Gr., UPZ18.10 (ii B. C.), PGrenf. 2.38.16 (i B. C.), Ev.Marc.14.32, Vett. Val.68.18, etc.;

    ἕ. οὗ γένηται Gem.8.32

    .
    3 ἕ. with Opt. (mostly of [tense] aor.), relating to an event future in relation to past time, ὦρσε.. Βορέην, ἧος ὃ Φαιήκεσσι.. μιγείη caused it to blow, till he should reach.., Od.5.386, cf. 9.376, Ar.Ra. 766, Pl.Phd. 59d;

    ἕως δέοι βοηθεῖν Th.3.102

    , cf.Lys.13.25: ἄν or κε is added to the Opt. (not to ἕως), if the event is represented as conditional, ἕ. κ' ἀπὸ πάντα δοθείη till (if possible) all things should be given back, Od.2.78;

    οὐκ [ἂν] ἀποκρίναιο, ἕ. ἂν σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d

    , cf. S.Tr. 687 codd., Isoc.17.15, IG22.1328 (ii B.C.).
    b in orat. obliq.,

    ἔδωκεν.. ἕ. ἀνὴρ εἶναι δοκιμασθείην D.27.5

    .
    c by assimilation to an opt. with

    ἄν, [λόγον] ἂν διδοίης ἕ. ἔλθοις Pl.Phd. 101d

    .
    4 c. subj. or opt., expressing purpose, in order that, Od.4.800, 6.80, 19.367;

    πορεύου εἰς Διονυσιάδα.. ἕως τὸν ἐκεῖ ἐλαιῶνα ποτίσῃς PFay.118.12

    (ii A. D.); σπούδασον ἕως οὗ ἀγοράσῃ κτλ. POxy.113.25 (ii A. D.); χρυσίον ἐδανισάμην ἕως ὅτε δυνηθῶ ἀγοράσαι ib.130.13 (vi A. D.).
    5 with Inf. in orat. obliq.,

    ἐντειλάμενος διεκπλέειν ἕ... ἀπικνέεσθαι Hdt.4.42

    : otherwise only in later Gr.,

    ἕ. ἐλθεῖν ἐς.. LXX Ge.10.19

    , cf. PLond. 1.131r251 (i A. D.), D.H.9.4 (v.l.), Anon. ap. Suid.s.v. ἰλυσπώμενον.
    6 with Advbs. of Time and Place, ἕ. ὅτε till the time when, c. ind., v.l. for ἔστε in X.Cyr.5.1.25; ἕ. οὗ, f.l. for ἐς οὗ, Hdt.2.143: freq. in later Gr., Gem.l.c., Ev.Matt.1.25, etc.; ἕ. ὅτου ib.5.25, etc.; ἕ. πότε; how long? ib.17.17, Ev.Jo.10.24;

    ἕ. τότε LXX Ne.2.16

    ; ἕ. ὀψέ till late, f.l.for ἐς ὀψέ, Th.3.108;

    ἕ. ἄρτι 1 Ep.Jo.2.9

    ; ἕ. ὧδε as far as this place, Ev.Luc.23.5.
    b with Preps., of Time,

    ἕ. πρὸς καλὸν ἑῷον ἀστέρα AP5.200

    ; of Place,

    ἕ. εἰς τὸν χάρακα Plb.1.11.14

    ;

    ἕ. πρὸς τὸν Καύκασον D.S.2.43

    ;

    ἕ. ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Act.Ap.17.14

    .
    II as Prep.,
    1 of Time, c. gen., until, ἕως τοῦ ἀποτεῖσαι until he has made payment, Lexap.Aeschin.1.42, cf. LXX Ge.3.19, etc.;

    ἕ. τελειώσεως Epicur.Ep. 2p.38U.

    ;

    ἕ. ὡρισμένων χρόνων Phld.D.1.7

    ; ἕ. τινός for a time, Parth. 9.2, etc.;

    ἕ. τοῦ νῦν Ev.Matt.24.21

    ; ἕ. Ἰωάννου ib.11.13.
    b of Place,

    ἕ. τοῦ γενέσθαι..

    up to the point where..

    Arist.PA 668b2

    , cf. HA 630b27, Plb.9.36.1; as far as,

    ἕ. Σάρδεων Ath.Mitt.44.25

    (Samos, iii B.C.);

    ἕ. τοῦ Ἀρσινοΐτου νομοῦ PTeb.33.5

    (ii B.C.);

    ἕ. Φοινίκης Act.Ap.11.19

    : so c. gen. pers.,

    ἦλθον ἕ. αὐτοῦ Ev.Luc.4.42

    , cf. LXX 4 Ki. 4.22.
    c of Number or Degree, ἕ. τριῶν πλοίων Docum. ap. D.18.106;

    διδόναι ἕ. ταλάντων ἑκατόν LXX 1 Es.8.19(21)

    ; οὐκ ἔστιν ἕ. ἑνός ib.Ps. 13.3;

    οὐκ ἔχομεν ἕ. τῆς τροφῆς τῶν κτηνῶν PTeb.56.7

    (ii B.C.);

    ἐᾶτε ἕ. τούτου Ev.Luc.22.51

    ;

    μαχοῦμαι ἕ. ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου OGI266.29

    (Pergam., iii B.C.);

    ἕ. μέθης Corn.ND30

    .
    2 rarely c. acc.,

    ἕ. πρωΐ LXX Jd.19.25

    ;

    ἕ. μεσημβρίαν PLond.1.131r346

    , 515 (i A.D.); ἕ. τὸ βωμῷ down to the word " βωμῷ", Sch.Pi.O.6.111.
    III while, so long as, c. ind.,

    ἧος ἐνὶ Τροίῃ πολεμίζομεν Od.13.315

    , cf.17.358, 390;

    ἕ. δ' ἔτ' ἔμφρων εἰμί A.Ch. 1026

    , cf. Pers. 710 (troch.); ἕ. ἔτι ἐλπὶς [ἦν] Th.8.40;

    ἕ. ἔτινέος εἶ Pl.Prm. 135d

    : in this sense answered in apodosi by τῆος, Od.4.90, Il.20.41; by τόφρα, Od.12.327, Il.18.15; by τόφρα δέ, 10.507; by δέ alone, 1.193, Od.4.120 codd.
    b ἕ. ἄν c.subj., when the whole action is future,

    οὔ μοι.. ἐλπίς, ἕ. ἂν αἴθῃ πῦρ A.Ag. 1435

    ;

    λέγειν τε χρὴ καὶ ἐρωτᾶν, ἕως ἂν ἐῶσιν Pl.Phd. 85b

    ;

    οὐδὲν ἔστ' αὐτῷ βεβαίως ἔχειν ἕ. ἂν ὑμεῖς δημοκρατῆσθε D.10.13

    .
    c ἕως c. opt. in a Conditional relative clause,

    φήσομεν μηδὲν ἂν μεῖζον μηδὲ ἔλαττον γενέσθαι ἕ. ἴσον εἴη αὐτὸ ἐαυτῷ Pl.Tht. 155a

    .
    B in Hom. sts. Demonstr.,= τέως, for a time,

    ἧος μὲν.. ὄρνυον· αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ.. Il.12.141

    ;

    ἧος μὲν ἀπείλει.. · ἀλλ' ὅτε δὴ.. 13.143

    , cf. 17.727, 730, Od.2.148;

    ἧος μὲν.. ἕποντο.. αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ.. Il.15.277

    ; all that time, Od.3.126, cf. Hdt.8.74. ( ἕως, as iambus, only once in Hom., Od.2.78; as a monosyll., Il.17.727, dub.l. in Od.2.148; when the first syllable is to be long codd. Hom. have εἵως or ἕως (never εἷος or ἧος, Ludwich WkP1890.512, exc. ειος v.l. (PFay. 160 ) in Il.20.41), 3.291, 11.342, al.; εἵως (or ἕως) is found even when the metre requires a trochee, 1.193, al.; comparison of [dialect] Dor. ἇς (from Αος ) with [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. ἕως points to early [dialect] Ion. Ηος (cf. Skt. yāvat 'as great as, as long as, until') and this should prob. be restored in Hom.; cf. τέως.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἔωρτο

  • 40 ὄφρα

    ὄφρᾰ, used as a Final and Temporal Conj., correlat. to τόφρα, by [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Dor. Poets, and thrice (in the latter sense) in lyr. passages of Trag., A.Ch. 360, Eu. 338, S.El. 225.
    A Final Conj., that, in order that:
    I with subj.,
    1 after primary tenses and imper., Il.1.524, 4.205, al.; so also

    ὄ. κε 22.382

    , etc.;

    ὄφρ' ἄν Od.17.10

    , 18.364;

    ὄ. μή Il.1.118

    , etc.; ἴομεν, ὄ. κε θᾶσσον ἐγείρομεν ὀξὺν Ἄρηα (where ἴομεν, ἐγείρομεν are [dialect] Ep. for ἴωμεν, ἐγείρωμεν) 2.440; so ὄ... ἱερεύσομεν, for - ωμεν, 6.308, etc.; so also

    ὄ... αἰνέσω Pi.O.7.15

    ;

    ὄ... κελαδῆτον Id.P.11.9

    ;

    ὄ. βάσομεν.. ἵκωμαί τε Id.O.6.23

    (where βάσομεν is prob. [tense] aor. subj.);

    ὄ. μήσεται B.17.42

    ; but Hom. thrice uses it with [tense] fut. ind.,

    ὄφρα καὶ Ἕκτωρ εἴσεται Il.16.242

    ;

    ὄφρα.. ἔπος ὑποθήσεαι Od.4.163

    ;

    ὄφρα με μήτηρ ὄψεται 17.6

    .
    2 after past tenses, Il.1.158, 444, 5.128, Od.3.15, 6.173, 9.13, Pi.P.4.92, A.R.1.16, 3.1307, 4.908.
    II with opt. after past tenses, Il.4.300, Od.1.261, etc.: rarely ὄφρα κε or ὄφρ' ἄν with opt., Il.12.26, Od.17.298.
    B Temporal conj.:
    I so long as, while,
    1 commonly with [tense] impf.,

    ἀνδρῶν.. ἄριστος ἔην Τελαμώνιος Αἴας, ὄφρ' Ἀχιλεὺς μήνιεν Il.2.769

    , cf. Od.20.136, al.: the correlat. τόφρα or τόφρα δέ .. commonly follows in apodosi, as ὄ. μὲν ἠὼς ἦν καὶ ἀέξετο ἱερὸν ἦμαρ, τόφρα δὲ .. 9.56, cf. Il.4.220,9.550, 15.343, etc.
    2 with subj., and usu. with ἄν, κε or κεν, 6.113, Od.2.124, etc.: also pleon., ὄφρ' ἂν μέν κεν ὁρᾷς, with τόφρα in apodosi, Il.11.202, cf. Od.5.361, 6.259; but τόφρα precedes in Od.2.124: sts. without ἄν, κε or κεν, Il.4.346, Od.15.81, etc.: in Il.24.554 κεῖται (so codd. with v.l. κῆται ) is subj.
    II until:
    1 with [tense] aor. ind., of a fact in past time, ὄ. καὶ αὐτὼ κατέκταθεν till at last they too were slain, Il.5.557, cf. 588, 10.488, 13.329, Od.5.57, 7.141, etc.; with τόφρα preceding, 4.289.
    2 with [tense] aor. subj., of an event at an uncertain future time, ἔχει κότον, ὄ. τελέσσῃ he bears malice till he shall have satisfied it, Il.1.82, cf. 14.87, 16.10: but in this case ἄν (κε or κεν) is commonly added, 6.258, 10.444, Od.4.588, etc.; with τόφρα preceding, Il.1.509.
    3 with opt., of an event future in relation to past time,

    νωλεμέως δ' ἐχόμην, ὄφρ' ἐξεμέσειεν Od.12.437

    , cf. 3.285, Il.10.571.
    III used for τόφρα or τέως (cf. ἕως B), for a while, only in Il.15.547.
    IV ὄ. ποτὶ στόμα Θερμώδοντος as far as, up to, A.R.2.805.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὄφρα

См. также в других словарях:

  • Our Past Time Hotel — (Негрил,Ямайка) Категория отеля: 3 звездочный отель Адрес: Norman Manley Bouleva …   Каталог отелей

  • past time —   Ho ohala manawa, hana ho ohala manawa.    ♦ Favorite pastime, hana punahele.    ♦ Pleasant pastime, hana ho onanea …   English-Hawaiian dictionary

  • Time Fades Away — Live album by Neil Young Released October 15, 1973 …   Wikipedia

  • Time Fades Away — Álbum en directo de Neil Young Publicación 15 de octubre de 1973 Grabación 1971 1973 Género(s) Rock Duración 34:33 …   Wikipedia Español

  • Time — • Article explores two questions, What are the notes, or elements, contained in the subjective representation of time? and To what external reality does this representation correspond? Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Time     Time …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Past Times With Good Company — Концертный альбом Blackmore s Night …   Википедия

  • Past Times with Good Company — Past Times With Good Company …   Википедия

  • Past Times with Good Company — Saltar a navegación, búsqueda Past Times with Good Company Álbum en Vivo de Blackmore s Night Publicación 2003 Grabación 2002 …   Wikipedia Español

  • time was (when) … — time ˈwas (when)… idiom (old fashioned) used to say that sth used to happen in the past • Time was when you could go for a walk in the country and not see another person for miles. Main entry: ↑timeidiom …   Useful english dictionary

  • Time — This article is about the measurement. For the magazine, see Time (magazine). For other uses, see Time (disambiguation). The flow of sand in an hourglass can be used to keep track of elapsed time. It also concretely represents the present as… …   Wikipedia

  • past — I (New American Roget s College Thesaurus) Gone by in time Nouns 1. past, past tense, pretention; the past, yesterday; days of yore or of old; times past or gone by; bygone days; olden times, the good old days, yesteryear, time immemorial; auld… …   English dictionary for students

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»